67int Relay

40
PHOENIX CONTACT
Courtesy of Power/mation. 1310 Energy Lane, Saint Paul, MN 55108

info@powermation.com - 800-843-9859 - www.powermation.com
INTERFACE Relay
Relay and solid-state relay interfaces
The reliability of industrial automation
equipment is becoming more and more
important with the increasing use of
electronic modules.
Modern relay or solid-state relay
interfaces perform a wide range of tasks
here. Whether in production engineering,
electrical equipping of machines or in
control engineering for power distribution,
building automation and process
engineering the aim is to guarantee the
exchange of signals between the process
peripherals and the higher-level central
control systems. This exchange must
provide reliable operation, be floating and
electrically unambiguous. Safe electrical
interface modules that meet the
requirements of modern system concepts
must include the following features:
Coupling of different signal levels
Safe electrical isolation between input and
output
High interference insensitivity
In practice, a relay interface comes into
use when a flexible interface configuration
with a large switching capacity range and the
possibility of combining different types of
contact is required. Further important
features of relay interfaces are:
Electrical isolation between open
contacts
Switching of independent switching
current types
High short-term overload resistance in
the event of short circuit or voltage peaks
Virtually no influence from
electromagnetic fields
Easy handling
Solid-state relay modules are used when
an interface between the process
peripherals and the electronics is subject to
the following requirements:
Low control power
High switching frequencies
Wear-free and no contact bounce
Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
Long service life
Program overview
Product overview
42
Principles of relay technology
44
Principles of solid-state relay technology
48
PR series
50
PR1 for miniature relays or solid-state relays

PR2 for industrial relays
PR3 for octal relays
PR1 - fully mounted relay modules
PR2 - fully mounted relay modules
52
58
62
68
72
PLC series
74
with relay/solid-state relay

as sensor/actuator version
for high inrush/continuous currents
against interference currents/voltages
for railway applications
for NAMUR initiators
for electronic reversing of DC motors
Accessories
76
80
86
88
107
112
113
114
DEK series
116
117
EMG series
122
123
Special relay and solid-state relay modules
132
Relay terminal block with switch

Interference-free relays and solid-state relays
Relays for switching of lamp loads
Power solid-state relay with 400 V AC/3 A output
Short-circuit proof solid-state relay with feedback
100 kHz input solid-state relay
Electronic sensor terminal block
Inverter module
Pulse expansion module
Module with remanence miniature switching relay
SMS relay module
133
134
136
138
139
140
142
143
144
145
146
CONTACTRON - Power electronics
148
Electronic motor management

Three-phase solid-state reversing contactors
Three-phase solid-state contactors
Solid-state reversing contactors for DC motors
Single-phase solid-state contactors
160
168
172
169
174

PHOENIX CONTACT
41
INTERFACE Relay
Product overview
PR series
Description
PR1 for miniature relays or solid-state

relays
Page
Description
52
PR2 for industrial relays
PR3 for octal relays
58
62
Accessories
53
Page
DEK series
Description
With miniature relay
Page
117
With solid-state relay

120
Actuator series with miniature relay

119
Sensor series with miniature relay

119
Special relay and solid-state relay modules
Description
Page
Relay terminal blocks with switch

133
Interference-free relays and solid-state

relays
134
Relays for switching of lamp loads

137
Power solid-state relay with 400 V AC/

400 V AC / 3 A output
138
Power electronics
Description
Page
42

150
PHOENIX CONTACT
PROFIBUS gateway for IFS

152
Electronic reversing load relay with

motor management
160

Three-phase solid-state reversing

contactors
164
INTERFACE Relay
Product overview
PLC series
With relay/solid-state relay
For high inrush/continuous currents
For railway applications
Electronic types
76
As sensor/actuator version
86
Against interference currents/voltages
107
For NAMUR initiators
With switch
80
88
113
112
100
EMG series
With miniature relay
With solid-state relay
123
For NAMUR proximity sensors

142
Solid-state reversing contactor for DC

motors
169
Hybrid relay
128
Inverter module
With TTL input

126
Pulse expansion module

143
Three-phase solid-state contactors

170
144
131
Module with remanence miniature

switching relay
145

174

PHOENIX CONTACT
43
INTERFACE Relay
A bridge rectifier is inserted into the

input circuit for operation with DC or AC
voltages. The diodes take over the
rectification, damping function and polarity
reversal protection function at the same
time. The cut-off voltage of the coil is
limited to approximately 1.4 V.
Depending on the type, a varistor is
additionally connected upstream from the
bridge rectifier to protect the input circuit
against surge voltages.
coil voltage is reduced so that the useful

operating range is limited.
The following diagram shows the basic
behavior of the operating voltage depending
on the ambient temperature.
U/UN
1,8
A1(~)
A2(~)
Operating voltage
General
Electromechanical relays are used as
interface modules between the process
peripherals and the control, signaling and
regulating devices for level and power
adaptation.
Electromechanical relays are basically
divided into two main groups; SPDT and
bistable relays.
The contacts of SPDT DC or AC relays
automatically return to the idle state when
the exciter is switched off.
The contacts of bistable relays remain in
the current switch position when the
exciting current is switched off.
Coil side
Input circuits and voltage types
Different input circuits are available
depending on the relay used and the type of
control voltage.
When pure AC voltage relays are used
(AC input), the input circuit is usually
restricted to a visual switching status
display.
The frequency of the control voltage is
50/60 Hz, if not indicated otherwise.
A1(~)
Bistable remanence relays with duplex

winding are operated solely with DC
voltage.
These relay types are equipped with
three coil connections on the coil side. In
addition to the common connection, there
is one connection for "set" and one for
"reset", and these connections are triggered
only with short pulses. This means that the
relays hardly heat up at all. Simultaneous
triggering of both control inputs is not
permissible.
A distinction is made between negative
switching (M) and positive switching (P)
types, depending on the polarity of the freewheeling and polarity protection diodes.
A1A2-
A2(~)
Basic construction of a relay with AC input
In the case of a purely DC input, the

free-wheeling diode is added as the most
important switching element. This limits the
voltages induced on circuit interruption that
occurr in the coil to a value of
approximately 0.7 V, which is safe for any
connected control electronics.
A polarity protection diode is
additionally inserted in the input circuit, as
the free-wheeling diode only functions
when the voltage is connected with the
correct polarity.
A2(-)
Basic construction of a relay with DC input
44
PHOENIX CONTACT
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
II
Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input
A1(+)
1,6
A3+
Basic construction of a bistable relay, negative switching type

A1+
A2+
A3-
Basic construction of a bistable relay, positive switching type
Operating voltage range

The ambient temperature prevailing at
the operation site has a considerable
influence on some of the relay's operating
parameters.
Rising ambient temperature causes an
increase in the operate and release voltages
due to the heating up of the coil winding. At
the same time, the maximum permissible
0,6
-20
20
40
60
80 100
Ambient temperature inC

Characteristic curve of the operating voltage of a relay
I: Maximum permissible voltage at 100%

operating time and observing the coil
limit temperature
II: Minimum operate voltage
Interference voltages and
interference currents on the coil side
The reliable operation of a relay may be
disturbed due to inductive or capacitive
interference voltages which couple into the
long feed lines of the relay coil.
If the coupled voltage is greater than the
release voltage required by the "relay
standard" IEC 61810-1, the relay can no
longer release in extreme cases. This
release voltage is 0.05 x UN for DC relays
and 0.15 x UN for purely AC relays.
The same interferences may occur if a
relay with a low input power is triggered by
an electronic module with an RC wired AC
voltage output. The typical leakage current
of such RC elements is usually several mA
and supplies sufficient control power in
order not to let the downstream relay drop
out or even excite.
The interference level of existing
interference voltages can be reduced by
connecting an RC element in parallel with
the relay coil. This measure applies an
additional capacitive load to the
interference voltage and it breaks down.

INTERFACE Relay
Contact material
Typ. properties
Typ. applications
Standard
values for the
usage range*
Gold Au
Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low

and constant contact resistances in the range of
small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver
(AuAg) alloys.
Dry measuring and switching

circuits, control inputs
A ... 0.2 A
V ... 30 V
Silver Ag
High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur,

therefore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m)
as protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys
increase the mechanical resistance and erosion
resistance and reduce the welding tendency.
Universal; suitable for medium

loads; alloys with nickel (AgNi
0.15) for DC circuits with medium
to large loads
12 V
10 mA
Silver, hard goldplated Ag+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads

> 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5-10 m) is
destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and

other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Silver cadmium
oxide AgCdO
Low welding tendency; high erosion resistance for

higher switching capacities
Especially suited to switch large

(AC) loads, also suitable for
inductive or capacitive loads.
12 V
100 mA
Silver cadmium
oxide hard goldplated
AgCdO+Au

destroyed and the values and properties of the
AgCdO contact are applicable. However, a reduction
in the service life is then to be expected.

other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Tungsten W
High melting point; very high erosion resistance;

greater contact resistances; very low welding
tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as
lead contact.
Loads with very high inrush

currents, e.g. glow lamps,
fluorescent lamps.
60 V
1A
Silver nickel AgNi
High erosion resistance; low welding tendency;

higher contact resistances than with pure silver.
Universal; suitable for medium to

high loads; DC circuits and
inductive loads.
12 V
10 mA
Silver nickel
AgNi+Au

destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Silver tin oxide

AgSnO
Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance

for high switching capacities; low material migration
Application depends heavily on

the relay type; switching circuits
with high input and output loads,
e.g. glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due
to different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
for smaller loads.
12 V
100 mA
( 1 mA)
Silver tin oxide, hard

gold-plated
AgSnO+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >

30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5-10 m) is
destroyed and the values and properties of the
AgSnO contact are applicable. However, a reduction
in the service life is then to be expected.

other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
UINT
External RC interference suppression filter against voltage

couplings
The following values are recommended

for the sizing of the RC element:
R = 100 ... 220
C = 220 ... 470 nF
The SO46 series with a built-in RCZ
filter have been developed for even higher
immunity to interference. See e.g.
PLC...SO46.
Contact side, contact materials

The diversity of applications in the
different areas of industry makes it
necessary to adapt a relay to the various
tasks by choosing the suitable contact
material.
The values for voltage, current and
capacity are important for the suitability of
contact materials. Other criteria include:
Contact resistance
Erosion resistance
Material migration
Welding tendency
Chemical influences
This helps in the allocation of the
various contact materials, mostly precious
metal alloys, to the appropriate usage
ranges.
Some of the most important materials
are listed in the adjacent table.
Contact protection circuit
Each electrical load is a mix of ohmic,
capacitive, and inductive elements.
The load for the switching contact varies
when these loads are switched. This load
can be reduced by a suitable contact
protection circuit.
Since loads with a large inductive
component, such as contactors, solenoid
valves, motors, etc. are used predominantly
in practical applications, these should be
dealt with in greater detail.
Due to the energy stored in the coil,
voltage peaks of up to several thousand
volts may occur when the system is
switched off.
These high voltages cause an arc on the
switching contact which can destroy the
contact due to material vaporization and
material migration. The electrical service
life is reduced considerably as a result. In
extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very
* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.
first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc.

A protective circuit must be used to
suppress the formation of an arc. With
optimum dimensioning, almost the same
number of cycles can be achieved as with an
ohmic load.

PHOENIX CONTACT
45
INTERFACE Relay
In principle, there are a number of

possible ways of providing effective wiring:
1. Wiring the contact
2. Wiring the load
3. Combination of both circuits
Additional
fall-off delay
Wiring the load
Defined
induction voltage
limiting
Effective
bipolar
attenuation
Diode
-
Load
UD
High
Yes (UD)
No
Connection in series
Diode/Zener diode
-
Advantages:
Good effect on extending the
service life of the contacts
Easy implementation
Inexpensive
Reliable
Uncritical dimensioning
Small induction voltage
Disadvantages:
Attenuation only through load
resistance
High off delay
Advantages:
Load
Wiring the contact
Advantages/disadvantages
UZD
Medium to
small
Yes (UZD)
No
Disadvantages:
Damping only above UZD
Low effect on extending the service
life of the contacts
Wiring the inductive load
Basically, a protective measure should be

directly implemented at the source of the
interference.
Wiring a load should therefore be given
priority over wiring the contact.
The following points are advantageous
for the load circuit (image to the right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the
induction voltage when switched off. On
the other hand, the sum of the operating
voltage and the induction voltage is
applied to the contact circuit.
2. When the contact is open, the load is
electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.
3. It is not possible for the load to be
activated or to "stick" due to undesired
operating currents, e.g. from RC
elements.
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be
coupled into parallel control lines.
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve connectors that are
also supplied with LEDs and components
that limit the induction voltage. Valve
connectors with an RC element, varistor or
Z-diode, however, often do not quench the
arc and only serve to comply with the EMC
laws. Only valve connectors with integrated
free-wheeling diode 1N4007 quench the arc
quickly and reliably, and increase the service
life of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. The
valve connectors with LED, integrated
1N4007 and free conductor end can be
supplied in the SAC range on request.
Suppressor diode
-
Advantages:
Inexpensive
Limitation of positive peaks
Suitable for AC voltage
(~) (~)
Load
UZD
Medium to
small
Yes (UZD)
Yes
Disadvantages:
Damping only above UZD
Advantages:
High energy absorption
Varistor
-
(~) (~)
Load
UVDR
Medium to
small
Yes (UVDR)
Yes
R/C combination
-
(~) (~)
Load
URC
Medium to
small
Switching small loads

Small loads must be processed mainly in
applications where signals must be
forwarded to control inputs (e.g. of a PLC).
There are no switching sparks (arc) on
the contacts in case of such loads in the
small load range.
In addition to the constant cleaning
effect due to contact friction, this switching
spark assumes the function of penetrating
non-conductive contamination layers that
are formed on the contact surfaces in
power contacts.
No
Yes
Disadvantages:
Damping only above UVDR
Advantages:
HF attenuation due to energy
storage
Level-independent damping
Disadvantages:
Precise dimensioning required
High inrush surge current
0...10V
J1
Evaluation
electronics
0...10V
J2
Application example: measurement point changeover
Limit switch
PLC
input card
+
Application example: PLC input signal
46
PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
These contamination layers are usually

oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials such as silver (Ag) or
silver alloys such as silver nickel (AgNi) or
silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the
contact resistance may rise so much after
some time that reliable switching is no
longer possible for small loads.
Due to these properties, the highperformance contact materials mentioned
are not suitable for small load applications.
Gold (Au) has become established as a
contact material for these application areas
mainly on account of its low and constant
contact resistances even with small loads
and its insensitivity to sulphuric
atmosphere.
For minimum loads and even greater
contact reliability, double contact relays
with gold contacts are used.
The slotted contact spring in this design
provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and
considerable higher contact safety.
Switching large DC loads

Compared to the maximum permissible
AC current, conventional switching relays
can only switch off relatively small direct
currents since there is no automatic zero
crossing. This maximum DC value is also
dependent to a large extent on the
switching voltage and is determined among
other things by constructional features such
as contact spacing and contact opening
speed.
The corresponding current and voltage
values are documented by relay
manufacturers in arc or load limit curves.
A non-attenuated inductive DC load
further reduces the values given for
U/V
250
200
150
100
50
40
30
20
10
0,1
0,2 0,3 0,4
3 4 5
10 15
I/A
Switching large loads

A few important points also need to be
considered in switching operations in the
large load range with the available power
contacts made of silver (Ag) or silver tin
oxide (AgSnO).
A basic distinction must be made
between switching DC and AC loads.
Switching large AC loads
When switching large AC loads, the
relay can be operated up to the
corresponding maximum values for the
switching voltage, current, and power. The
arc that occurs during shutdown depends
on the current, voltage, and phase relation.
This cut-off arc usually disappears
automatically the next time the load current
crosses zero.
In applications with an inductive load, an
effective protective circuit must be
provided; otherwise the service life of the
system will be reduced considerably.
Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)
switchable currents. The energy stored in

the inductance can cause an arc to occur,
which forwards the current via the open
contacts.
With an effective contact protection
circuit, preferably free-wheeling diodes of
the type 1N4007, the service life can be
increased by a factor of 5 to 10 in relation
to unprotected or unfavorably protected
inductive loads (see also the Contact
protection circuits chapter).
If higher DC loads than those
documented are to be switched or if the
electrical service life is to be increased,
several contacts of a relay can be connected
in series. See e.g. industrial relay REL-IR....
Alternatively, solid-state relays with a
DC voltage output can be used.
Switching lamps and capacitive loads

Regardless of the type of voltage, all
kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component make extreme requirements on
the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay,
extremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often several 10 A, not seldom
over 100 A high, and weld the contact. This
is remedied here by specially optimized
"lamp load relays" that can cope with these
inrush peaks. See e.g. PLC...IC types.
Switching capacity in accordance with

utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)
In practice, both the maximum
interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC
cut-off values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of a relay. In practical operation, this
is insufficient since real loads in the vast
majority of industrial applications have
inductive or capacitive components, and the
wiring of the loads can be totally different.
As already described, this sometimes leads
to considerably varying service lives.
The contactor standard IEC 60947 tries
to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the
loads into various utilization categories
(DC13, AC15...). This standard is also partly
applied to relays. However, users must be
aware of the fact that these values are only
applicable to a limited extent in practice
since all DC13 and AC15 test loads are
highly inductive and are therefore operated
without any protective circuit (see the
Contact protection circuits chapter). In the
switching capacity test according to
IEC 60947, a total of only 6060 cycles are
carried out as a minimum requirement.
Using the precise application data, a
more detailed evaluation of the switching
capacity and the service life to be expected
is always possible. Thanks to a
comprehensive data bank, a good
estimation of service life and, if necessary,
optimization proposals are possible for
most applications. In the case of critical
applications, we recommend that users
determine empirical service live data
themselves.

PHOENIX CONTACT
47
INTERFACE Relay
Control side
Solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact
are available for various voltage and
performance levels. They are used as
interface modules for matching process
peripherals to control, signaling and
regulating devices. The solid-state relay
element which is actually located in the
module is limited to a defined voltage range
due to its design. The current consumption
on the input side fluctuates depending on
the circuit architecture and voltage level.
A suitable input circuit is provided for all
voltages between 5 V and 230 V which are
necessary for industrial applications. The
inputs for direct current voltage and
alternating current voltage must always be
differentiated.
DC input
The various voltage levels are adjusted
by adding electronics which have been
especially adapted to the desired voltage
range. With most of the modules, a polarity
protection diode guarantees reliable
protection against destruction in the case of
an incorrectly connected control voltage.
Specially adapted filters reliably suppress any
high frequency noise emissions that might
occur.
A1
+
A2
Figure 1: Block diagram of a DC input
AC input
The solid-state relay element requires a
stable control voltage to ensure reliable
operation. In case of the AC input, this is
achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter
capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed,
in principle, by the same circuit architecture
as the DC input.
The switching frequency always lies
below half the mains frequency. Due to the
filter capacitor, a higher switching frequency
cannot be obtained. This would result in
continuous through-switching.
48
PHOENIX CONTACT
A1
~
~
A2
the ambient temperature of the solidstate relay should also be taken into
consideration. A derating curve is
therefore generally given for power
solid-state relays. It shows the maximum
load current as a function of the ambient
temperature.
3. Output circuit
The two-conductor output is similar to
a mechanical contact. Only the polarity
of the connections is specified and must
be observed.
Image 2: Block diagram of an AC input
Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The
following are crucial:
Power amplification
Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC), as well as
Short-circuit protection
The solid-state relay element must also
be processed with further electronics on
the output side for these different
applications.
DC output
In order to achieve the necessary output
power, the solid-state relay element is
provided with one or more semiconductor
components.
The user on-site should nevertheless
simply regard the connecting terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Only the specified polarity
must be observed.
For practical reasons, the following
criteria should be taken into account when
selecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
e. g. 12...60 V DC
This determines the minimum or
maximum voltage to be applied. The
lower value should be observed to
ensure reliable operation. In order to
protect the output transistor, the upper
value should not be exceeded.
2. Maximum continuous current (e.g. 1 A)
This value indicates the maximum
continuous current. If this value is
exceeded continuously, the output
semiconductor will be destroyed. The
dependence of the output current on
A1
+
13
+
A2
RL
14
Image 3: Two-conductor output
The three-conductor output is nonisolated and requires the connection of

both potentials from the voltage source on
the output side for reliable operation.
When switched off, a permanent
reference to the ground (negative potential)
is established. In addition, this output circuit
offers the advantage of an almost constant
internal resistance.
A1
+
13
+
A2
RL
14
Image 4: Three-conductor output
AC output
In order to control the switching and
control devices for alternating current
voltage, a downstream semiconductor for
AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor) is
connected to the solid-state relay element.
As with the DC output, the maximum
operating voltage range and the maximum
continuous load current depending on the
ambient temperature should be observed.

INTERFACE Relay
In addition, the maximum peak reverse

voltage of the TRIAC (e.g. 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be
exceeded even in the case of voltage
fluctuations or interference voltage peaks in
order to prevent destruction. The AC
outputs of all solid-state relays from
Phoenix Contact therefore have an internal
RC protective circuit to protect against
interference voltage peaks.
Application notes
Input solid-state relays with action
directed from the periphery to the control
system (signaling, controlling, monitoring)
e.g. load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)
- +
In a pluggable version:
PLC-O...
In a modular version:
DEK-OE...
EMG 10-OE...
SIM-EI...
OPT...
13
A1
14
A2
e.g. PLC
IN
K1
e.g. load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)
L
- + 13
Zero voltage
switch
13
~
A1
e.g. PLC
IN
~
14
K1
14
A2
~N
Image 5: Basic circuit diagram of an AC output
e.g. position indication with limit stop switch or initiator
Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads
(contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are
switched off, surge voltages occur that can
reach very high amplitudes. Electronic
components and switching elements are
particularly susceptible to these. A
protective circuit should therefore always
be provided to prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load
effectively reduces the switching surge
voltage to a harmless level. Depending upon
the solid-state relay output and type of load,
the free-wheeling diode/suppressor
diode (only DC),
varistor (AC and DC) or
RC element (only AC)
form the necessary protective measure.
- + 13
Protection
Load
A1
e.g. PLC
IN
14
Output (power) solid-state relay acting

in the direction from the control system to
the periphery (switching, amplifying,
controlling)
A1
13
M
~
K1
e.g. PLC
OUT
In a pluggable version:
PLC-O...
In a modular version:
DEK-OV...
EMG 10-OV
EMG 12-OV
EMG 17-OV
OV...
OPT...
A2
e.g. switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (DC load)
A2
14
e.g. switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (AC load)
~N
A1
~N
~N
13
~L
K1
e.g. PLC
OUT
M
~
~
A2
Image 6: Protective circuit with DC voltage output
Protection
Notes:
1
Load
14
) Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay should not be connected.
2) DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit (e.g.
diode).
loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
3) AC
Image 7: Protective circuit with AC voltage output

PHOENIX CONTACT
49
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
The PR series is a low-priced modular

relay system, consisting of DIN rail bases,
relays, pluggable input / interference
suppression modules, engagement levers
and the matching marking labels and
universal bridging materials for all bases.
The modules are largely compatible with
the usual standards on the market, have the
major international approvals and are
therefore accepted worldwide.
Besides the familiar relay bases with the
screw connection method, relay bases with
the spring-cage connection method for
miniature power relays with one or two
PDT contacts and for industrial relays with
two or four PDT contacts are available in
the PR series. The connections in these
bases are configured with double spring
cages for free, simple bridging of all
potentials.
The PR series also boasts its own
particular features:
Relay retaining bracket: The plastic relay
retaining bracket EL..., with which the
relays can be held and, if necessary,
50
PHOENIX CONTACT
ejected, have an exposed, smooth, large

equipment marking area for standard
self-adhesive labels that can be printed
easily and inexpensively using standard
printers. When fitted, the engagement
lever is securely connected to the base,
which means that the labeling cannot be
lost.
Industrial relays: All industrial relays
REL-IR... have an LED diagnostic and
status indicator as a standard feature,
and all DC types also have an integrated
free-wheeling diode. In many cases, this
eliminates the plug-in input modules
that are otherwise also used.
Plug-in input modules with RC element:
Most standard input / interference
suppression modules with an RC
element used for compensation of
interference coupling on long lines or in
the event of leakage currents from
electronic AC outputs have only low
capacitance values. This greatly limits
the filter effect. In contrast, the plug-in
module series RC-120-230UC and

RC3-120-230UC for mains voltage

applications have a filter function that is
improved by up to a factor of 10. Unlike
with the discharge resistors that are
normally used for such applications, the
use of RC plug-in modules does not
result in any additional heating!
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR1 series
The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for
relays with one or two contacts is available
with a screw or spring-cage connection
method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases
and two modern "logical" 1/3-level versions
with fully opposite coil and contact
connections are available.
PR2 series
The PR2 base series accommodates
pluggable industrial relays with two or four
PDT contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases
are available with screw and spring-cage
connection method, as well as in the
traditional 2/2-level and modern "logical" 1/
3-level versions.
PR3 series
The rugged octal relays with two or
three PDT contacts that are widely used in
some areas fit on the PR3 base with touchprotected screw connections. All the base
connections have a wide connection crosssection and are arranged on one level with
good accessibility.
The active components of the PR1

modular system include various miniature
power relays (optionally with a manual test
function) and electronic solid-state relays.
Matching relay retaining brackets with
integrated labeling surface prevent them
from loosening. Depending on the
requirement, input / interference
suppression modules with various functions
can also be plugged in. Marking labels and
loop bridges in various colors that can be
universally used for all PR bases complete
the range of accessories.
The PR2 modular system is configured

for pluggable industrial relays. The industrial
relays from Phoenix Contact are configured
with a manual test function, switch position
indicator, status LED and free-wheeling
diode (DC coils only) as standard features.
Interference suppression modules with a
varistor or RC element can also be
optionally plugged in. Relay retaining
brackets with integrated labeling surfaces
prevent the relays from loosening. Marking
labels and loop bridges in various colors
that can be universally used for all PR bases
complete the range of accessories.
The PR3 modular system is designed for

the robust octal relays. The relays have a
switch position indicator and a manual test
button, and a wire bracket prevents them
from loosening. Input / interference
suppression modules with various functions
can also be optionally plugged in. The base
can be labeled with an 8x20 mm standard
adhesive label. Loop bridges in various
colors for universal applications complete
the range of accessories.

PHOENIX CONTACT
51
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Relay base PR1
Universal modular system

The 16 mm wide PR1 relay base family is
a modular system consisting of the PR1-B...
bases, compact electromechanical 1 and
2-PDT relays, solid-state relays, and a
comprehensive range of accessories. This
includes:
Pluggable input modules /interference
suppressor modules
Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and eject function
Labeling fields and
Loop bridging.
Depending on the application, this
enables complete coupling relays to be
assembled at optimum cost, with the best
possible functions and service life.
Base versions
The relay bases are available in three
versions: The flat 2/2-level type PR1-BSC2
with screw connections as well as the two
"logical" 1/3-level types PR1-BSC3 with
screw connections and PR1-BSP3 with
spring-cage connections. The logical
versions have coil and contact connections
located opposite one another, which bring
them in line with modern control cabinet
concepts with a clear separation between
control signals and loads.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.
PR1-BSC2/2x21
Relay base for one or two PDT and solid-state relays of the same
design
Housing width 16
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 26-14
The electrical data is determined by the relay.
AC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSC2/2X21
2833518
10
for 16 mm tall miniature power relays and solid-state relays
EL1-P16
2833547
10
for 25 mm tall miniature switching relays and solid-state relays
EL1-P25
2833550
10
MP 1
2833631
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Description
Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for
input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including
ten marking labels MP1 per pack
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated
equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay base PR1
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface

6 x 15 mm
1 roll = 2500 labels
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions
Width
Height with retaining bracket
Depth
52
PHOENIX CONTACT
300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25C ... 85C
16 mm
63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR1-BSC3/2x21
PR1-BSP3/2x21
EL1-P...
design
Housing width 16
design
Housing width 16
Relay bracket for PR1 relay modules
solid
stranded
[mm2]
solid
AWG
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Spring-cage connection 0.5-1.5
0.5-1.5 26-16
Connection data
Screw connection
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 26-14
AC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSC3/2X21
2833521
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSP3/2X21
2833534
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EL1-P16
2833547
10
EL1-P16
2833547
10
EL1-P16
2833547
10
EL1-P25
2833550
10
EL1-P25
2833550
10
EL1-P25
2833550
10
MP 1
2833631
10
MP 1
2833631
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
300 V AC/DC
12 A
300 V AC/DC
10 A
-25C ... 85C
-25C ... 85C
16 mm
71 mm (EL1-P16)
79 mm (EL1-P25)
78.5 mm
16 mm
72 mm (EL1-P16)
80 mm (EL1-P25)
97 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
53
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Pluggable miniature power relays
with one or two PDT contact(s),
suitable for relay base PR1
Phoenix Contact miniature power relays
are some of the latest and most highperformance products in the market. The
types with hard gold-plated contacts are
generally designed RT III-proof (comparable
to IP67) to further increase the contact
reliability in low-current applications. All
relays are supplied in packs of 10 in a sturdy
plastic pack that provides them with the
best possible protection until they are
installed.
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the
power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life compared with a pure power contact.
REL-MR-...21HC
REL-MR-...21-21
Pluggable miniature relay, high-current version

1 PDT (21)
Pluggable miniature relay

2 PDT (21-21)
uV
Width 12.7
A1
A1
12
11
14
A2
A2
22
21
24
12
Input voltage
UN
Description
uV
Width 12.7
11
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact

1
2
3
4
with power contact
5
6
7
8
Plug-in miniature relay, with multi-layer contact
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC
2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21
2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU
2961532
2961545
10
10
REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU
2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU
2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
with gold contact
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (based on UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
250 V AC
54
PHOENIX CONTACT
See diagram
33
17
7
7
8.7
7
8.2
7
4.1
7
32
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
2-9
Single contact, 1 PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
General data
Test voltage (winding/contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
2-9
See diagram
33
17
7
7
8.7
7
8.2
7
4.1
7
32
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
3
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
AgNi
250 V AC/DC

AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V )
12 V AC/DC
16 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
100 mV ( 12 V )
50 mA ( 16 A )
50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) )
1 mA ( 100 mA )
5 V AC/DC
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA
100 mV ( 5 V )
50 mA ( 8 A )
50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) )
1 mA ( 10 mA )
4000 VA
- ( 4000 VA )
2000 VA
- ( 2000 VA )
5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)

-40C ... 85C
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435
(in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)
-40C ... 85C
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating
1
2
2
1
0,8
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
10
20
30
10
50
70
100
200
300
10
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching voltage [V]
Ambient temperature [C]
Switching current [A]
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90
10
6
4
Cycles
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,6
107
20
Coil voltage U/UN
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)

2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
1
0,9
Reduction factor
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDT)
Interrupting rating
2
2
1
0,8
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
6
4
2
10
1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
20
30
50
10
10
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90 100
Cycles
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,6
107
20
Coil voltage U/UN
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
70
100
200
300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
0,9
Reduction factor
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2

PHOENIX CONTACT
55
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relay with
fixable manual actuation, suitable for
relay base PR1
Unlike the common miniature power
relays, the types REL-MR...21HC/MS and
REL-MR...21-21/MS have a fixable manual
actuation function with mechanical switch
position display. This function is often
extremely helpful during commissioning and
troubleshooting. Moreover, a status LED is
integrated into all relays and a free-wheeling
diode is integrated into the DC types. The
separate LED/diode input plug-in module is
thus not required when using the relays on
the PR base series. In addition to relays with
standard power contacts, relays with hard
gold-plated contacts for low-current
applications are also available.
REL-MR-...21HC/MS
REL-MR-...21-21/MS
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function,

high-current design
1 PDT (21)
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function

2 PDT (21-21)
A1
A1
12
11
14
A2
A2
22
21
24
12
Description
Input voltage
UN
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, with power

contact
1
24 V DC
2
24 V AC
3
120 V AC
4
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, with multilayer contact
1
24 V DC
4
230 V AC
Technical data
Input data
Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
250 V AC
General data
56
PHOENIX CONTACT
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS
2987888
2987891
2987901
2987914
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS
2987927
2987930
See diagram
18
32
9
3 - 12
6
2-8
3.5
2-8
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS
2987943
2987956
2987969
2987972
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS
2987985
2987998
10
10
See diagram
18
32
9
3 - 12
6
2-8
3 - 12

AgNi
250 V AC/DC

Max. inrush current
14
Type
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
11
2-8
3.5
3 - 12
3 - 12
2-8
2-8

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6 V AC/DC
16 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

AgNi + Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
100 mV ( 6 V AC/DC )
50 mA ( 16 A )
50 mA ( 30 A (300 ms) )
10 mA ( 100 mA )
6 V AC/DC
8A
15 A (300 ms)
100 mA

AgNi + Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
100 mV ( 6 V )
50 mA ( 16 A )
50 mA ( 30 A (300 ms) )
10 mA ( 100 mA )
4000 VA
- ( 4000 VA )
2000 VA
- ( 2000 VA )

-40C ... 70C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
EN 61810-1, EN 50178

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)
-40C ... 70C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
EN 61810-1, EN 50178

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
107
20
10
1
2
3
4
Cycles
2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
Interrupting rating
Coil voltage U/UN
5
2
40 50 60 70 80 90
1DC coils, 0 A contact current
2DC coils, 16 A contact current
3AC coils, 0 A contact current
4AC coils, 16 A contact current
10
20
30
10
10
0,1
10
100
1
0,5
0,2
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300 400 500
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDT)
107
20
10
1
2
3
4
Cycles
2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
Interrupting rating
Coil voltage U/UN
10
10
10
1
0,5
0,2
40 50 60 70 80 90
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current
10
20
30
100
0,1
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300 400 500

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PHOENIX CONTACT
57
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Relay base PR2

The 27 mm or 31 mm wide PR2 relay base
family is a modular system consisting of the
PR2-B... bases, sturdy electromechanical
REL-IR... 2 and 4 PDT octal relays, and a
comprehensive range of accessories. This
includes:
Pluggable input modules /interference
suppressor modules
Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and eject function
Labeling fields and
Loop bridging.
assembled with optimum cost and
functions.
Base versions
The relay bases are available in three
versions: the flat 2/2-level type PR2-BSC2
with screw connections as well as the two
"logical" 1/3-level types PR2-BSC3 with
screw connections and PR2-BSP3 with
spring-cage connections. The logical
versions have coil and contact connections
located opposite one another, which bring
them in line with modern control cabinet
concepts in which there is a clear separation
between control signals and loads.
Notes:
Type of housing:
PR2-BSC2/4x21
Relay base for two and four PDT industrial relays
Housing width 27
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.2-1.5
0.2-1.5 26-16
A
Applied for: CSA
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSC2/4X21
2833563
10
EL2-P35
2833592
10
MP 2
2833644
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Relay base PR2, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDT,
2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten marking labels MP2 per
packaging
packaging
packaging
Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device
marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high
industrial relay

6 x 15 mm
1 roll = 2500 labels
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
General data
Dimensions
Width
Depth
58
PHOENIX CONTACT
300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25C ... 85C
27 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR2-BSC3/4x21
PR2-BSP3/4x21
EL2-P35
Relay bracket for PR2 relay modules
Housing width 27
Housing width 31
solid
stranded
[mm2]
solid
AWG
AWG
Connection data
Spring-cage connection 0.2-1.5
0.2-1.5 24-16
Connection data
Screw connection
0.2-1.5
0.2-1.5 26-16
AC
AC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSC3/4X21
2833576
10
EL2-P35
stranded
[mm2]
2833592
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSP3/4X21
2833589
10
EL2-P35
2833592
10
MP 1
2833631
10
MP 2
2833644
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EL2-P35
2833592
10
300 V AC/DC
12 A
300 V AC/DC
10 A
-25C ... 85C
-25C ... 85C
27 mm
86 mm (EL2-P35)
78.5 mm
31 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
95 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
59
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Pluggable industrial relays with two or
four PDT contacts, suitable for relay
base PR2
Apart from a mechanical switching
position indicator and a fixable manual
actuator button, the Phoenix Contact
industrial relays REL-IR... have a status LED
and, in the case of the DC relay, also a freewheeling diode. The separate LED/diode
input plug-in module is thus not required
when using the relays on the PR base series.
The 4 PDT types are usually equipped with
hard gold-plated contacts in order to be
able to switch the weak current signals
safely.
Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
www.phoenixcontact.de/eshop
REL-IR/...2x21
REL-IR/...4x21 AU
Pluggable industrial relay

2 PDT (2 x 10 A)
Pluggable industrial relay with additional hard gold-plating

4 PDT (4 x 5 A)
Width 21.5
Width 21.5
21
24
22
A1
A2
Input voltage
UN
Pluggable industrial relay with a test button, status LED,

mechanical switch position indicator
with free-wheeling diode, A1 +, A2 1
12 V DC
24 V DC
110 V DC
4
125 V DC
5
220 V DC
6
24 V AC
7
120 V AC
8
230 V AC
Pluggable industrial relay with a test button, status LED,
mechanical switch position indicator, (Japanese standard)
with free-wheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
Technical data
Input data
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
1
2
3
4
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
250 V AC
General data
Rated operating mode
Assembly position/mounting
60
PHOENIX CONTACT
14
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21
2834012
2834025
2834041
2834960
2834957
2834054
2834067
2834070
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21
2834151
2834164
2834177
2834180
42
31
34
32
21
24
22
11
14
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU
2834083
2834096
2834119
2834313
2834973
2834122
2834135
2834148
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU
2834193
2834203
2834216
2834229
10
10
10
10
See diagram
75
38
13
13
10
13
7.2
13
3.6
13
54
11
4 - 10
4 - 10
4 - 10
44
A2
11
Description
41
A1
3 - 12
3 - 12
See diagram
75
38
13
13
10
13
7.2
13
3.6
13
54
11
4 - 10
4 - 10
4 - 10
5
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12

Ag
250 V AC/DC
5V
10 A
1 mA

AgNi, + 3 m Au
250 V AC/DC
1V
5A
1 mA
2500 VA
1250 VA

-55C ... 70C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
EN 61810-1
Any / On relay base PR2

-55C ... 70C
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
EN 61810-1

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDT)
AC interrupting rating
DC interrupting rating
1,6
10
6
4
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,6
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
0,1
1
20
Coil voltage U/UN
20
1,8
10
6
4
2
20
30
80
50 70 100
200
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
300
50 70 100
200
300
1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
0,1
10
Service life reduction factor
2
10
0,8
Reduction factor
Cycles
1
10
0,6
0,4
10
10
0,3
0,8
0,6
0,4
COS j
0,2

2 30 V DC, ohmic load
REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDT)
1,6
10
6
4
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
50 70 100
200
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
300
1
2
3
4
20
30
50 70 100
200
300
PHOENIX CONTACT
61
L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
1
0,8
Reduction factor
Cycles
30
Service life reduction factor
2
10
20
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
10
6
4
0,1
10
80
10
0,6
0
20
Coil voltage U/UN
20
1,8
0,6
0,4
10
0,3
0,8
0,6
0,4
COS j
0,2


INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Relay base PR3

The 38 mm wide PR3 relay base family is
a modular system consisting of the PR3-B...
bases, sturdy electromechanical REL-OR... 2
and 3 PDT octal relays, and a
comprehensive range of accessories. These
include:
Pluggable input modules/interference
suppressor modules
Relay retaining bracket
Loop bridging.
assembled with optimum cost and
functions.
Base versions
The PR3-B... relay bases are available in
two versions with screw connections: the
type PR3-BSC1/2x21 for 2 PDT octal relays
and the type PR3-BSC1/3x21 for 3 PDT
octal relays. The functions of both bases can
be expanded by pluggable, coded modules
with different indicator and interference
suppression elements.
Notes:
Type of housing:
PR3-BSC1/2x21
Relay base for 2 PDT and 3 PDT octal relays
Housing width 38
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 26-14
AC
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR3-BSC1/2X21
2833602
10
EL3-M52
2833628
10
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDT,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDT,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3,
for 52 mm high octal relay
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible,

max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
General data
Dimensions
Width
Depth
62
PHOENIX CONTACT
400 V AC/DC
10 A
-40C ... 85C
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR3-BSC1/3x21
EL3-M52
Relay base for 2 PDT and 3 PDT octal relays

Housing width 38
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 26-14
A
Applied for: CSA
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR3-BSC1/3X21
2833615
10
EL3-M52
2833628
10
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EL3-M52
2833628
10
400 V AC/DC
10 A
-40C ... 85C
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
63
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Pluggable octal relay with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts, suitable for relay base PR3
Phoenix Contact octal relays conform to
the worldwide standard with the familiar
round tubular pin assignment (8-pos. for the
2 PDT version, 11-pos. for the 3 PDT
version). The preferred area of use is where
there is a need for a mechanically extremely
robust design. A mechanical switch position
indicator and a fixable manual actuation
button are integrated in all standard types,
making testing of the connected load
simple.
REL-OR/...2x21
REL-OR/...3x21
Pluggable octal relays with power contacts

2 PDT (2 x 10 A)
Pluggable octal relays with power contacts

3 PDT (3 x 10 A)
uT
Width 34.5
(A1)
uT
Width 34.5
(14)
(14)
2
(A1)
(12)
4
(22)
(11) 1
(12)
(11)
5
1
(21)
6
(21)
(31)
(22)
11
7
10
7
(A2)
Input voltage
UN
Description
(A2)
(24)
(34)
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21
2834232
2834245
2834258
2834261
20
20
20
20
(24)
(32)
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR- 24DC/3X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21
2834274
2834287
2834290
2834300
20
20
20
20
Pluggable octal relay with power contacts, with a test button

and mechanical switch position indicator
1
2
3
4
Technical data
Input data
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
56
12
98
20
12
56
12
98
20
12
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
[ms]
[ms]
6
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
250 V AC
General data
64
PHOENIX CONTACT

Ag
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A
10 mA

Ag
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A
10 mA
2500 VA
2500 VA
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)
-10C ... 40C
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)
-10C ... 40C
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDT)
Interrupting rating
3
1
10
Cycles
20
7
5
3
10
2
1
10
10
1
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
300
10
12
1 250V AC, ohmic load

2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load
REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDT)
Interrupting rating
3
1
10
Cycles
20
7
5
3
10
2
1
10
10
1
10
20
30
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load
50 70 100
200
300
10
12
1 250V AC, ohmic load

2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

PHOENIX CONTACT
65
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Plug-in modules for PR1, PR2 and PR3
The relay bases PR... can be equipped with

a pluggable input/interference suppression
module on the control side as an option.
These have mechanical coding to prevent
the wrong plugs from being plugged in.
L..., V..., RC...
L..., V..., RC...
For coil interference protection or protection against external

disturbances for PR1 and PR2
For coil interference protection or protection against external

disturbances for PR3
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator

and free-wheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage
effectively, polarity: A1 +, A2 ,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC 20%
- 48-60 V DC 20%
- 110 V DC 20%
and free-wheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage
effectively, polarity: A1 , A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:
LDP- 12- 24DC

LDP- 48- 60DC
LDP-110DC
2833657
2833660
2833673
LDM- 12- 24DC

LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC
- 12-24 V DC 20%
- 48-60 V DC 20%
- 110 V DC 20%
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external
interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC 20% (30 V varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC 20% (275 V varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 120-230 V AC/DC 20% (275 V varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to
attenuate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference
peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC 20% (220 nF/100 )
- 48-60 V AC/DC 20% (220 nF/220 )
- 120-230 V AC/DC 20% (100 nF/470 )
66
PHOENIX CONTACT
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
LDP3- 12- 24DC

LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC
2833770
2833783
2833796
10
10
10
2833686
2833699
2833709
10
10
10
LDM3- 12- 24DC

LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC
2833806
2833819
2833822
10
10
10
LV- 12- 24UC

LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC
2833712
2833725
2833738
10
10
10
LV3- 12- 24UC

LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC
2833835
2833848
2833851
10
10
10
V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC
2833864
2833877
2833880
10
10
10
V3- 12- 24UC

V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC
2833929
2833932
2833945
10
10
10
RC- 12- 24UC

RC- 12- 24UC
RC-120-230UC
2833741
2833754
2833767
10
10
10
RC3- 12- 24UC

RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC
2833893
2833903
2833916
10
10
10

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base
A1
A2
SIM-EI...48DC/100
A2 (-)
SIM-EI...TTL/100
A2 (-)
SIM-EI...48DC/100RC
11
12
14
21
A1 (+)
A1 (+)
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
OPT-...24DC/5
A1 (+)
A2 (-)
13
14
OPT-...230AC/2
A1 (+)
A2 (-)
13
14
22
24
Solid-state relays
The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
Plug-in modules LDP and LV cannot be used in conjunction with solid-state relays SIM-EI....

PHOENIX CONTACT
67
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Fully mounted relay modules with
miniature power relay
PR1-RSC is a 16 mm wide, fully mounted
coupling relay series with screw connection
for universal application. It consists of relay
base, plug-in miniature power relay, plug-in
display/interference suppression module
and relay retaining bracket. Five MP1 marker
labels are provided. The relay base is 1/3level, thus with a logical structure. It has coil
and contact connections located opposite
one another, which brings it in line with
modern control cabinet concepts in which
there is a clear separation between control
signals and loads.
In the PR1 series, the sturdy miniature
power relays are used. Their main
advantages are:
Operational reliability through sealed
housing,
Environmentally friendly, cadmium-free
contact material,
As an alternative with a gold layer for
small switching capacities,
Safe isolation between coil and contact
side.
The relay is securely held by a relay
retaining bracket with eject function and
additional labeling area. Should it become
worn, it can be disengaged, and without
disconnecting the wiring replaced quickly
and economically.
Notes:
Type of housing:
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
PR1-RSC3.../21
Equipped with pluggable power contact relay 1 PDT (21), with screw
connection
Housing width 16
solid
stranded
[mm2]
12
14
14
11
11
AWG
A1+
A2-
A1
DC coils
Description
Input voltage UN
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with miniature power

contact relay
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with multi-layer contact
relay
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
6 x 15 mm
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Maximum inrush current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage
PHOENIX CONTACT
12
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Input protection:
68
H W
D
Winding to contact
Contact/contact
A2
AC coils
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21
2834326
2834339
2834342
2834355
5
5
5
5
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU
2834368
2834371
2834384
2834397
5
5
5
5
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
24 V DC
24
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, LED yellow
Varistor, LED yellow
PR...
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V
12 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
3000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram
120
230
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
PR...AU
AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 / 36
100
50
50
1
-

Nominal operating mode
Service life mechanical
Service life, electrical
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, EN 60730/DIN VDE 0631,
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435
(in relevant parts)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category

Mounting position / Assembly
Dimensions
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
16 mm / 71 mm / 78.5 mm
W/H/D

3 / III
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)
H W
D
Operating voltage range of the relay
Interrupting rating
20
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
2
2
1
0,8
PR1-RSC3.../2x21
0,6
Equipped with pluggable miniature power contact relay 2 PDT

(2x21), with screw connection
Coil voltage U/UN
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
6
4
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90
10
100
20
30
50 70 100
200
300
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
Housing width 16
12 22
12 22
14 24
14 24
107
21
11
21
1
Cycles
11
0,9
A1+
A1
A2-
DC coils
Reduction factor
0,8
10
0,7
A2
0,6
AC coils
10
10
0,5
0,4
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
2834481
2834494
2834504
2834517
5
5
5
5
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU
2834520
2834533
2834546
2834559
5
5
5
5
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
24 V DC
24
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
PR...
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5V
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA
2000 VA (for 250 V AC)
120
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
230
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
0,3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
20
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
2
2
1
0,8
0,6
PR...AU
AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 / 36
100
50
50
1
-
0,6
Order No.
Coil voltage U/UN
Type
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
6
4
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90 100
10
1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
20
30
50
70
100
200
300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
107
3 / III
16 mm / 71 mm / 78.5 mm
3 / III
Cycles
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 60C
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
(in relevant parts)
10
10
10
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PHOENIX CONTACT
69
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
miniature power relay
PR1-RSP is a 16 mm wide, fully mounted
coupling relay series with spring-cage
connection for universal application. It
consists of relay base, plug-in miniature
power relay, pluggable display/interference
suppression module and relay retaining
bracket. Five MP1 marker labels are
provided. The relay base is 1/3-level, thus
with a logical structure. It has coil and
contact connections located opposite one
another, which brings it in line with modern
control cabinet concepts with a clear
separation between control signals and
loads.
In the PR1 series, the sturdy miniature
power relays are used. Their main
advantages are:
Operational reliability through sealed
housing,
contact material,
Safe isolation between coil and contact
side.
and economically.
Notes:
Type of housing:
There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point.
PR1-RSP3.../21
Equipped with pluggable power contact relay 1 PDT (21), with
spring-cage connection
Housing width 16
solid
stranded
[mm2]
12
14
14
11
11
AWG
A1+
A2-
A1
DC coils
Description
Input voltage UN
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with miniature power

contact relay
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with multi-layer contact
relay
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
6 x 15 mm
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
General data
Test voltage
PHOENIX CONTACT
12
Connection data
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-1.5
0.2-1.5 24-16
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
70
H W
D
Winding to contact
Contact/contact
A2
AC coils
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21
2834407
2834410
2834423
2834436
5
5
5
5
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU
2834449
2834452
2834465
2834478
5
5
5
5
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
24 V DC
24
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
PR...
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
2500 VA
120
230
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
PR...AU
AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 / 36
100
50
50
1
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
(in relevant parts)

Dimensions
3 / III
16 mm / 72 mm / 97 mm
W/H/D

3 / III
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)
H W
D
107
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,6
Equipped with pluggable miniature power contact relay 2 PDT

(2x21), with spring-cage connection
10
10
10
1
0,8
PR1-RSP3.../2x21
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 DC coils
2 AC coils

Housing width 16
12 22
12 22
14 24
14 24
11
11
Interrupting rating
20
AC coils
Type
Order No.
2834562
2834575
2834588
2834591
5
5
5
5
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU
2834601
2834614
2834627
2834630
5
5
5
5
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
24 V DC
24
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
PR...
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5V
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA
2000 VA
120
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
230
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,5
0,4
0,1
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
300
0,3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
20
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
2
2
1
0,8
0,6
PR...AU
AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 / 36
100
50
50
1
-
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21
0,9
Reduction factor
DC coils
A2
A1
A2-
A1+
10
6
4
21
Coil voltage U/UN
21
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
6
4
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90 100
10
1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
20
30
50
70
100
200
300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
107
3 / III
16 mm / 72 mm / 97 mm
3 / III
Cycles
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 60C
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
(in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts),
EN 60730/DIN VDE 0631
10
10
10
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PHOENIX CONTACT
71
INTERFACE Relay
PR series
industrial relay
PR2-RSC... and PR2-RSP... are fully
mounted coupling relay series with screw or
spring-cage connection for universal
application. They consist of relay base, plugin industrial relay with two or four PDT
contacts and relay retaining bracket. Five
marker labels MP1 and MP2 are enclosed.
The AC types also have a varistor plug-in
module. In the standard version, the relay
has an integrated status LED and a freewheeling diode (free-wheeling diode only
for DC types). The relay base is 1/3-level,
thus with a logical structure. It has coil and
contact connections located opposite one
another, which brings it in line with modern
control cabinet concepts with a clear
separation between control signals and
loads.
In the PR2 series, sturdy industrial relays
are used. Their main advantages are:
Manual test button with fixed
engagement,
4 PDT types with hard gold-plated
contacts for switching current of 1 mA to
5 A,
Status LED and mechanical switching
position display in the relay.
and economically.
Notes:
Type of housing:
The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status LED
and the free-wheeling diode are integrated directly into the relay.
PR2-RSC3...
Equipped with plug-in industrial relay, with 2 or 4 PDT with screw
connection
Housing width 27
solid
stranded
[mm2]
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-1.5
0.2-1.5 24-16
12
42
32
22
12
24
14
44
34
24
14
21
11
41
31
21
11
A1+
A1
A2-
DC coils
Description
Input voltage UN
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with 2 PDT contact

relays
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with 4 PDT contact
relays and additional hard gold-plating
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
General data
Test voltage
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
22
AWG
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
6 x 15 mm
72
H W
D
Winding to contact
Contact/contact
W/H/D
A2
AC coils
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
2834643
2834656
2834669
2834672
5
5
5
5
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU
2834724
2834737
2834740
2834753
5
5
5
5
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
24 V DC
24
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, LED green
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
120
230
11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
PR...AU
AgNi, + 3 m Au
250 / 125
1
5
12 (15 ms)
1
1250
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 60C
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110
3 / II
2 / II
27 mm / 86 mm / 78.5 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)
H W
D
PR2-RSP3...
1,8
20
1,6
10
6
4
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
Equipped with plug-in industrial relay, with 2 or 4 PDT with springcage connection
1
2
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
0,6
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
20
30
50 70 100
200
80
300
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

Housing width 31
22
12
42
32
22
12
24
14
44
34
24
14
21
11
41
31
21
11
DC coils
A2
AC coils
Type
Order No.
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21
2834685
2834698
2834708
2834711
5
5
5
5
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU
2834766
2834779
2834782
2834795
5
5
5
5
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
120
11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
230
5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
Cycles
10
1
10
10
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
300
10

PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil
1,8
20
1,6
10
6
4
1,4
1,2
1
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,6
0
0,1
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
80
300
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
20
10
6
4
Cycles
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 60C
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110
3 / II
2 / II
31 mm / 84 mm / 95 mm
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,8
PR...AU
AgNi, + 3 m Au
250 / 125
1
5
12 (15 ms)
1
1250
1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms
24 V DC
24
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, LED green
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
0,1
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
6
4
A1
A2-
Coil voltage U/UN
A1+
20
10
2
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
10
1
2
3
4
20
30
50 70 100
200
300
L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load


PHOENIX CONTACT
73
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE is
The interface between
automation
equipment and system
peripherals with a
high switching
capacity
Available as pluggable
relay or solid-state relay interface
Interface technology with all the
benefits of the proven modular terminal
block technology.
PLC-INTERFACE provides safety

Against environmental
DIN EN 50178
influences by RT III
(VDE 0160)
(IP67)-protected relays
E
and solid-state relays
Using relays with safe
A
isolation in accordance
with DIN EN 50178
(VDE 0160)
With high-quality, reliable Phoenix
Contact connection methods; with
either screw or spring-cage
connections.
74
PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC-INTERFACE saves
Wiring costs, thanks
to the convenient
pitch-free plug-in
bridge system,
Space on the DIN rail
and thus control
cabinet area
Storage costs and ordering costs thanks
to the universally pluggable PDT relays
Material costs as a result of inexpensive
components
Power and return line terminal blocks
for sensor and actuator wiring.
PLC-INTERFACE provides
convenience and
service
With actuator and
sensor versions that
accommodate all the
connections of
sensors and actuators
directly at the interface
Via the simple exchange of relays or
solid-state relays without disconnecting
the wiring
With the LED diagnostic and status
indicator for each channel.
Two PDT
Sensor
Actuator
Universal
PLC-INTERFACE simplifies
Installation with an
integrated input
and protective
circuit
Identification by using
standard terminal
marking material
Equipotential bonding made possible by
the option of bridging all important
potentials.

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-V8 adapter
Connecting eight PLC-INTERFACE
modules to the PLC system cabling for input
and output functions. For more details, see
page 115.
PLC-R...21 and PLC-O...

Relay and solid-state relay interfaces
with a width of 6.2 mm for universal
applications. With a choice of screw or
spring-cage connection.
PLC-R...21-21
The PLC-R...21-21 relay series consists
of 14 mm wide basic terminal blocks and
plug-in miniature relays with 2 PDT contacts
for switching capacities up to 250 V AC/6 A.
PLC-VT
Feed-through terminal block for PLCINTERFACE and the system cabling for
passive signal transfer. For more details, see
page 244.
PLC-...SEN and PLC-...ACT

The specialist in space-saving sensor and
actuator wiring without additional power or
output terminals. All sensor connections
are directly connected to the interface.
PLC-...IC and PLC-...HC

PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush
currents (lamp loads) and PLC-INTERFACE
for high continuous load current.
PLC-...RW
Relay and/or solid-state relay modules
especially for applications in railway
engineering.
PLC-BS...SO46
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block
against interference voltages and
interference currents on the input side. Can
be fitted with relays or solid-state relays
Accessories
PLC accessories such as power
terminals, plug-in bridges, partition plates,
etc.

PHOENIX CONTACT
75
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
Universal PLC series with PDT relay
The PLC-R...21 is a relay series that can be

used universally and consists of basic
terminal blocks and pluggable miniature
relays with PDT contact. It offers the
following advantages:
Functional plug-in bridges,
Screw connections and spring-cage
connection method naturally with the
same shape,
Input or output interface.
In the standard version, the PLC
interfaces are supplied equipped with a relay
or solid-state relay. They can also be
combined individually.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than
250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent
modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or
FBST 500....
1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55C
2) 230 V types up to 55C
H W
D
PLC-R...21
Equipped with plug-in power contact relay
1 PDT (21)
UuVPF
Terminal width 6.2
Input voltages from 5 V to 230 V

The versions with input voltages from 5 V
up to 230 V meet the demands of every
industrial application. An input circuit
consisting of a status display, free-wheeling
and reverse polarity protection function is
integrated in the module.
Robust miniature relay
PLC-R... is equipped with a robust
miniature relay. Its main features include:
RT III degree of protection,
contact material,
Safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178
(VDE 0160)
4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
The relay is securely fastened using an
engagement lever. Should it become worn,
it can be disengaged, and without
and economically.
Note:
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges,
refer to page 97.
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.14-2.5
AWG
Description
Input voltage
UN
PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection

1
12 V DC
2
24 V DC
3
24 V AC/DC
4
48 V DC
5
60 V DC
6
120 V AC (110 V DC)
7
230 V AC (220 V DC)
PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
1
12 V DC
2
24 V DC
3
24 V AC/DC
4
48 V DC
5
60 V DC
6
120 V AC (110 V DC)
7
230 V AC (220 V DC)
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
11
A1
14
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21
2966906
2966171
2966184
2966113
2966139
2966197
2966207
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21
PLC-RSP-120UC/21
PLC-RSP-230UC/21
2967439
2966472
2966485
2966498
2966511
2966524
2966537
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage input/output
Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94
76
A2
26-14
See diagram
15.3
9
11
9.2
4.8
3.5
3.2
5
5
6
5
5
6
7
8
8
15
8
8
15
15
LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode
LED yellow, bridge rectifier
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
-25C ... 60C1)
V0
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
(in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, IEC 60255/DIN VDE
0435 (in relevant parts)
W/H/D
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-R...21AU
PLC-R...21-21
PLC-R...21-21AU
Equipped with plug-in multi-layer contact relay

1 PDT (21)
Equipped with pluggable power contact relay, 2 PDT (21-21)
Equipped with pluggable multi-layer contact relay, 2 PDT (21-21)
UuVPF
Terminal width 6.2
UuF
Terminal width 14
21
24
24
22
22
11
A2
11
A2
11
A1
14
A1
14
A1
14
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU
2966919
2966265
2966278
2966126
2966142
2966281
2966294
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU
2967442
2966540
2966553
2966566
2966579
2966582
2966647
21
A2
12
UuF
Terminal width 14
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21
2967235
2967060
2967073
2967248
2967293
2967086
2967099
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21
2912497
2912507
2912510
2912523
2912536
2912549
2912552
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU
2967277
2967125
2967112
2967280
2967303
2967138
2967141
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU
2912565
2912578
2912581
2912594
2912604
2912617
2912620
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
See diagram
15.3
9
11
9.2
4.8
3.5
3.2
5
5
6
5
5
6
7
8
8
15
8
8
15
15
See diagram
33
18
17.5
20
10
4.5
4.5
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
See diagram
33
18
17.5
20
10
4.5
4.5
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Ag alloy, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA
140 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
1500 VA

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-

-25C ... 60C1)
V0
2 x 107 cycles

-25C ... 60C2)
V0
3 x 107 cycles
(in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts),
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160

-25C ... 60C2)
V0
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
( 250 V AC/DC )
( 12 V AC/DC )
(6A)
( 10 mA )
( 140 W )
( 20 W )
( 18 W )
( 23 W )
( 40 W )
( 1500 VA )

( 250 V AC/DC )
( 5 V AC/DC )
(6A)
( 15 A (300 ms) )
( 10 mA )
( 140 W )
( 85 W )
( 60 W )
( 44 W )
( 60 W )
( 1500 VA )
PHOENIX CONTACT
77
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
Universal PLC series with solid-state
relays
The PLC-O... is a solid-state relay series
that can be used universally and consists of
pluggable solid-state relays and basic
terminal blocks with the following
properties:
Screw or spring-cage connection method
Plug-in bridges.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
H W
D
Universal, modular and flexible

The PLC-O... is used either as input or
output interface. All components can also
be ordered separately and combined
individually.
PLC-O...48DC/100
Equipped with pluggable input solid-state relay
Input voltages from 5 V to 230 V

PLC-O... on the control side is available
for all conventional industrial voltages. An
input circuit, consisting of a status display
and polarity reversal protection function, is
already present.
solid
stranded
[mm2]
High-performance solid-state relay

A solid-state relay that is typically very
rugged is used especially for high switching
frequencies. Its features are:
Switching capacity up to 24 V DC/3 A or
230 V AC/ 0.75 A,
IP67-protected solid-state relay
electronic unit,
2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between
input/output,
Alternative input or power solid-state
relay,
Wear-resistant and bounce-free
switching,
Insensitive to vibration and shock,
Integrated protection circuit,
Zero voltage switch at AC output.

1
24 V DC
2
48 V DC
3
60 V DC
4
125 V DC
5
120 V AC (110 V DC)
6
230 V AC (220 V DC)
1
24 V DC
2
48 V DC
3
60 V DC
4
120 V AC (110 V DC)
5
230 V AC (220 V DC)
Note:
For derating curves, see page 176.
Technical data
Input data
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
26-14
24-14
Description
Switching level (with reference to UN)

Typ. turn-on time for UN
Typ. turn-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Max. inrush current
Output circuit
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off condition
Phase angle (cos )
Max. load value
General data
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Dimensions
78
PHOENIX CONTACT
UuPF
Terminal width 6.2
Input voltage
UN
13+
A1
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100
2966728
2966993
2967455
2980047
2966744
2966757
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100

PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100
2967549
2967743
2967756
2967552
2967565
10
10
10
10
10
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
A2
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.8
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
8.5
9
5
3
3.5
3.5
0.02
0.03
0.04
1
3
3
0.3
0.3
2
3
4
5
300
300
100
50
10
10
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-conductor floating
Polarity protection, surge protection
1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 60C
V0
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation
W/H/D
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-O...24DC/2
PLC-O...230AC/1
Equipped with pluggable power solid-state relay
UuPF
Terminal width 6.2
A2
13+
A2
13+
A1
14
A1
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2
2966634
2967002
2967468
2980050
2966650
2966663
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2

PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 2
2967471
2967727
2967730
2967484
2967497
UPF
Terminal width 6.2
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1
2967840
2967853
2967866
2980063
2967879
2967882
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 1
2967895
2967905
2967918
2967921
2967934
10
10
10
10
10
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
8.5
9
5
3
3.5
3.5
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.04
3.5
4
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.6
7
7
300
300
100
100
10
10
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.25 0.25 0.3
0.3
0.25 0.25
8
9
6
3.5
4
3.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
3
33 V DC
3 V DC
3A
15 A (10 ms)
200 mV
-
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
10 mA
RCV circuit
<1V
< 1 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
V0
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
79
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC actuator series, optimized with
respect to costs, space and wiring for
output functions
In interface applications between the PLC
and the actuators, such as motors,
contactors or solenoid valves, often only an
N/O function is required. Here, people turn
to the PLC-...ACT output interface. It
consists of a 6.2 or 14 mm basic terminal
block with either screw or spring-cage
connections and a plug-in miniature relay or
a solid-state relay.
Output terminal blocks are
unnecessary
A unique feature is that all the actuator
connections, including the load return line,
are connected directly to the PLC actuator
relay. This eliminates the need for additional
output terminal blocks.
The savings:
Reduces the number of output terminal
blocks,
Space savings of approx. 80%,
Time saving approx. 60%,
Reduction in wiring thanks to plug-in
bridges.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
H W
D
PLC-R...24DC/1/ACT
1 N/O contact (1)
Terminal width 6.2
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
26-14
24-14
UuVPF
A2
13
A1
BB
14
Optimum use of plug-in bridges

The A1/A2 connection on the coil side
and the load supply (13) on the contact side,
as well as the load return line (BB) can be
bridged with the convenient plug-in bridge
system, FBST....
No stripping, no pressing on of ferrules,
no connecting.
Further advantages:
Integrated input circuit,
Relay with safe isolation in acc. with
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160),
Inflammability class V0 in acc. with UL 94.
Note:
refer to page 97.
Description
1
2
1
2
Input voltage
UN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
5 V DC
24 V DC
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT
2966210
10
5 V DC
24 V DC
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT
2967345
10
Technical data
Input data
Typ. response time/ switch-on time at Un
Typ. release time/ switch-off time at Un
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
See diagram
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
Output circuit
Output protection
Phase angle (cos )
Max. load value
General data

Dimensions
80
PHOENIX CONTACT
9
5
8
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
-25C ... 60C
V0
2 x 107 cycles
W/H/D
3 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-R...24DC/1-1/ACT
PLC-O...DC/24DC/2/ACT
PLC-O...230AC/1/ACT

2 N/O contacts (1-1)
UuPF
Terminal width 14
PF
Terminal width 6.2
UPF
Terminal width 6.2
23
BB
24
A2
13
A1
BB
A2
13+
A2
13+
A1
BB
A1
BB
14
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT
2967109
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980144
2966676
10
10
PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT
2980157
2967507
10
10
See diagram
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT
2967947
10
0.8 0.8 1.2

1.2
0.8
0.8
0.25 0.4
9.5
8.5
0.02
0.02
0.3
0.3
300
300
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.25
9
3
9
10

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
8A
10 mA
140 W
85 W
60 W
40 W
60 W
1500 VA
-
33 V DC
3 V DC
3A
15 A (10 ms)
200 mV
-
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
10 mA
RCV circuit
<1V
< 1 mA (in off state)
0.5
4.5 A2s

-25C ... 60C
V0
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
V0
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
V0
3 / III
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
18
8
10

PHOENIX CONTACT
81
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC actuator series
PLC-O with solid-state relays as an

interface between the PLC and the
actuators. The output terminals are not
required since all connections of the
actuators are connected to the PLC
actuator interface.
Note:
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT
Terminal width 14
Terminal width 14
23
BB
BB
24
A2
AWG
23
0.14-2.5
0.14-2.5
26-14
A1
13
A1
BB
14
Description
1
Input voltage
UN
24 V DC
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. inrush current
Output circuit
Output protection
Phase angle (cos )
Max. load value
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Dimensions
82
PHOENIX CONTACT
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
W/H/D
24
A2
13
BB
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2982786
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT
2982760
10
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
9
0.02
0.4
300
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
9
10
10
10
33 V DC
3 V DC
5A
15 A (10 ms)
200 mV
-
253 V AC
24 V AC
2A
30 A (10 ms)
25 mA
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
Surge protection
1V
Typ. 1 mA
0.5
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
100 V DC
1.5 kV
-20C ... 60C
V0
DIN EN 50178, basic insulation
2 / III
Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
250 V AC
4 kV
-20C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC actuator series
PLC-BS basic terminal block, for

assembly with mechanical relays or solidstate relays as an interface between the PLC
and the actuators such as motors,
contactors or solenoid valves. The output
terminals are not required since all
connections of the actuators are connected
to the PLC actuator interface.
Features:
Screw or spring-cage connection method
Plug-in bridges.
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 24-14
* The electrical data is determined by the relay.
I
[A]
*
*
PLC-B...24UC/1/ACT
PLC-B...24UC/1/ACT
Basic terminal block, for assembly with mechanical relay and solidstate relay
Basic terminal block, for assembly with mechanical relay and solidstate relay
Terminal width 6.2
Terminal width 6.2
U
[V]
13
A2
*
*
A1
A2
13
A2
A1
BB
A1
BB
13
BB
14
14
AC/DC
AC/DC
14
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V AC/DC
PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT
2982799
24 V AC/DC
PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21
Voltage UN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT
2982799
10
2982809
10
PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT
2982809
10
2961121
2961105
10
10
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1
2966618
2966595
2967950
10
10
10

Pluggable miniature relays
with gold contact
with power contact
Pluggable solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state power relays
Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz)
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type
Contact material
Interrupting rating (ohmic load)
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
Output protection
0.8 ... 1.2

15.6 mA / 8.5 mA
5 ms
30 ms
REL-MR-24DC/21AU
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
REL-MR-24DC/21
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
1 mA
1.2 W
-
10 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
-
0.8 ... 1.2

15 mA / 8.3 mA
10 ms
20 ms
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3 A (see
derating curve)
Polarity
protection, surge
protection
1V
-
Polarity
protection, surge
protection
150 mV
-
OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
RCV circuit
1V
1 mA
4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current

Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
General data
Rated surge voltage / insulation
250 V AC
6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation
250 V AC
6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)

Inflammability class acc. to UL 94
Air and creepage distances
Dimensions
-20C ... 60C

V0
DIN EN 50178
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
-20C ... 60C

V0
DIN EN 50178
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT
83
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC Sensor, "The Input Specialist"
In interface applications between the PLC

and the sensors, such as proximity switches,
limit switches or auxiliary contacts, an N/O
function is often required. Here, people
turn directly to the PLC-...SEN input
interface. This interface consists of a
6.2 mm basic terminal block with either
screw or spring-cage connections and a
plug-in miniature relay or a solid-state relay.
No need for power terminal blocks
All the sensor connections, including the
voltage supply for the sensors/switches, are
connected directly to the PLC sensor
interface. This eliminates the need for
additional modular terminal blocks.
The savings:
Reduces the number of modular terminal
blocks,
Space savings of approx. 80%,
Time saving approx. 60%,
Reduction in wiring thanks to plug-in
bridges.
Optimum use of plug-in bridges
All power supply units of the
sensors/switches (BB), the sensor ground
(A2) and the common supply potential of
the PLC (13) can be bridged conveniently
with the plug-in bridge system, FBST....
No stripping, no pressing on of ferrules,
no connecting.
Further advantages:
Relay with safe isolation in acc. with
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160),
Inflammability class V0 in acc. with UL 94.
Note:
refer to page 97.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55C
PLC-R...1/AU/SEN
Equipped with plug-in multi-layer contact relay
1 N/O contact (1)
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
26-14
24-14
13
A2
14
BB
A1
Description
Input voltage
UN

1
24 V DC
2
120 V AC (110 V DC)
3
230 V AC (220 V DC)
1
24 V DC
2
120 V AC (110 V DC)
3
230 V AC (220 V DC)

Typ. release time/ switch-off time at Un
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN
2966317
2966320
2966333
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN

PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN
2967374
2967390
2967413
10
10
10
Technical data
Input data

Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
uVPF
Terminal width 6.2
See diagram
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
9
5
8
3.5
6
15
3.2
7
15

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
84
H W
D

30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-
( 250 V AC/DC )
( 12 V AC/DC )
(6A)
( 10 mA )
( 140 W )
( 20 W )
( 18 W )
( 23 W )
( 40 W )
( 1500 VA )

-25C ... 60C1)
V0
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in
relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435
(in relevant parts)
W/H/D
3 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
PLC-O...48DC/100/SEN
Terminal width 6.2
UuPF
13+
A2
14
BB
A1
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
2966773
2966799
2966809
10
10
10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
2967578
2967581
2967594
10
10
10
0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2

1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.3
0.3
8.5
3.5
3.5
0.02
6
3
0.3
10
5
300
10
10
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
85
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush
currents (lamp loads, capacitive loads
etc.)
PLC-INTERFACE provides relay
interfaces for special load applications such
as lamp loads, capacitive loads and / or loads
with a high continuous current.
Lamp loads and capacitive loads
The loads most difficult to control include
all loads with high inrush currents. The
consequence in the event of a wrongly
selected relay: short service life due to
welded contacts.
These complex loads include all types of
lamps causing high inrush currents as a
result of their low cold resistance. This
category also includes the loads that cause
high switch-on peaks due to capacitors in
the circuit, for example energy-saving
lamps, parallel-compensated fluorescent
tubes or those with electronic control
gears, AC motors with starting capacitors
etc.
Inrush currents up to 130 A
The 14 mm narrow inrush current
relay PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT with an
N/O contact optimized for these
applications provides an ideal solution. This
relay can reliably control short-term switchon peaks up to 130 A. The permissible
continuous current is max. 6 A. When the
double contact connections of the relay are
bridged (e.g. with the FBST 14-PLC... plug-in
bridge), continuous currents of up to 10 A
are possible.
The actuator-type component provides
connection and bridging options for the
lamp or motor return line, so that
additional return line terminal blocks are
unnecessary.
Further advantages of PLC
The PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT series
naturally has the usual features of the PLC
range.
Convenient plug-in bridge system,
Safe isolation between input/output.
Note:
refer to page 97.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
PLC-R...24DC/1IC/ACT
Equipped with pluggable miniature relay for high inrush currents,
1 N/O contact (1)
Terminal width 14
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
PHOENIX CONTACT
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
A2
26-14
24-14
A1

1
1
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current

UuPF
13
Description
Input voltage
UN
24 V DC
24 V DC
BB
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT
2967604
10
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT
2912413
10
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
See diagram
18
8
10
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at
capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 F)
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Dimensions
86
H W
D
100 mA
144 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
1500 VA
-25C ... 60C
V0
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
W/H/D

14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for high continuous
current and/or long electrical service
life
PLC-INTERFACE provides relay
interfaces for special load applications such
as loads with a high continuous current and
/ or stricter demands on the electrical
contact service life.
Loads with high continuous current
A number of applications such as
electrical heating systems require higher
continuous load currents than miniature
relays can carry and switch. The highcurrent version PLC-RSC-.../21HC
measuring 14 mm in width that has the
same shape as the proven 6.2 mm PLC
series provides a PDT contact and allows
continuous load currents of up to 10 A.
Here, the modern 16A power relay used
offers sufficient reserve to also withstand
inrush currents or brief overloads without
damage.
Long electrical service life
A further positive side effect of the
powerful relay is the longer-than-average
service life of the contacts that is quite
noticeable, particularly in the medium load
range, compared with less powerful relays.
The intervals between services can be
extended to two to three times the normal
period, thus saving costs.
Further advantages of PLC
The PLC-RSC-.../21HC series naturally
has the usual features of the PLC range:
Convenient plug-in bridge system,
relay can be quickly replaced using the
engagement lever,
safe isolation between input/output,
All common input voltages of 12 V DC to
230 V AC
Note:
refer to page 97.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
1)
H W
D
230 V types up to 55C
PLC-R...21HC
Equipped with pluggable miniature relay for high continuous current,
1 PDT (21)
UuPF
Terminal width 14
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
Description
11
AWG
A2
26-14
24-14
A1
Input voltage
UN

1
12 V DC
2
24 V DC
3
24 V AC/DC
4
48 V DC
5
60 V DC
6
120 V AC (110 V DC)
7
230 V AC (220 V DC)
1
12 V DC
2
24 V DC
3
24 V AC/DC
4
48 V DC
5
60 V DC
6
120 V AC (110 V DC)
7
230 V AC (220 V DC)
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit DC
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Dimensions
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC
PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC
2967617
2967620
2967633
2967646
2967659
2967662
2967675
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC
PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC
2912264
2912277
2912280
2912293
2912303
2912316
2912329
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
14
See diagram
33
18
17.5
20
10
4.5
4.5
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
240 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
2500 VA
-25C ... 60C1)
V0
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
W/H/D
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
87
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with integrated
filter against interference currents
and interference voltages
PLC-INTERFACE offers an extended
range of interfaces for applications in which
interference voltages or interference
currents occur on the control (coil) side.
Long lines
A familiar situation for most technicians:
Relays fail to drop out at "0" because
interference voltages are still present along
the control lines. Long lines are often
responsible for this. Interference voltages
frequently reaching up to multiplications of
10 V couple in from neighboring lines.
Conventional coupling relays are often
unable to cope with such undefined signals
and fail to show a clear switching behavior.
Residual currents at AC outputs
The same effect occurs when electronic
AC outputs supply leakage currents. This is
the case with many AC initiators and PLC
AC output cards. The leakage currents
often reach several mA and can also lead to
conventional relays failing to work correctly
and "getting stuck".
Solution:
For applications in 120 V AC or 230 V AC
networks and with a high proportion of
interference voltage, there is now the
PLC-...SO46 version with integrated filter.
This multiple stage filter circuit reduces the
interferences in the control circuit
considerably, thus contributing to reliable
transmission of signals.
PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal
block with filter, but without relay or solidstate relay.
Note:
refer to page 97.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
PLC-B...UC/21/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 24-14
I
[A]
U
[V]
*
*
*
*
A2
11
A1
14
12
Description
Voltage UN
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature

relays or solid-state relays
120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
with gold contact
with power contact
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Typ. release voltage (with relay)
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current

Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
uF
Terminal width 6.2
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Mechanical life
88
H W
D
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46
2980319
2980335
2980351
2980377
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21
2961134
2961118
10
10
120 V AC
0.8 ... 1.4
50 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA
7 ms
20 ms
LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter
REL-MR-60DC/21
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
80 V AC
8.8 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms
REL-MR-60DC/21AU
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 55C
V0
2 x 107 cycles
(in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)
W/H/D
3 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-B...UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC...21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC...21HC/SO46
uF
Terminal width 6.2
uF
Terminal width 14
uF
Terminal width 14
21
24
13
A2
14
BB
22
A2
A2
11
A1
A1
14
A1
14
12
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
2980322
2980348
2980364
2980380
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21
2961134
2961118
120 V AC
0.8 ... 1.4
50 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA
7 ms
20 ms
REL-MR-60DC/21
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
11
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46
2980416
2980429
10
10
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
2961228
2961202
230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
80 V AC
8.8 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms
120 V AC
0.78 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
10 ms
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA
140 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
1500 VA
REL-MR-60DC/21AU
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46
2980432
2980445
10
10
10
10
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
2961338
10
230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
10 ms
AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-
120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
20 ms
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
240 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
2500 VA
230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20C ... 55C
V0
2 x 107 cycles
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 55C
V0
3 x 107 cycles
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 55C
V0
3 x 107 cycles
3 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
3 / III
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
3 / III
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
89
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
filter against interference currents
and interference voltages
PLC-INTERFACE offers an extended
range of interfaces for applications in which
interference voltages or interference
currents occur on the control (coil) side.
Long lines
A familiar situation for most technicians:
Relays fail to drop out at "0" because
interference voltages are still present along
the control lines. Long lines are often
responsible for this. Interference voltages
frequently reaching up to multiplications of
10 V couple in from neighboring lines.
Conventional coupling relays are often
unable to cope with such undefined signals
and fail to show a clear switching behavior.
Residual currents at AC outputs
The same effect occurs when electronic
AC outputs supply leakage currents. This is
the case with many AC initiators and PLC
AC output cards. The leakage currents
often reach several mA and can also lead to
conventional relays failing to work correctly
and "getting stuck".
Solution:
For applications in 120 V AC or 230 V AC
networks and with a high proportion of
interference voltage, there is now the
PLC-...SO46 version with integrated filter.
This multiple stage filter circuit reduces the
interferences in the control circuit
considerably, thus contributing to reliable
transmission of signals.
PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal
block with filter, but without relay or solidstate relay.
Note:
refer to page 97.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
PLC-B...UC/21/SO46
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
I
[A]
U
[V]
A2
11
A2
11
A1
14
A1
14
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
*
*
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 24-14
*
*
* The electrical data is determined through the solid-state relay.
Description
Voltage UN

relays or solid-state relays
120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Technical data
Input data
Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal ("L")
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. inrush current
Output circuit

Max. phase shift (inductive consumer)
General data
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
uF
Terminal width 6.2
Output protection
90
H W
D
W/H/D
12
12
AC
DC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2980319
2980335
2980351
2980377
10
10
10
10
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1
2966621
2966605
2967963
10
10
10
120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
0.4
230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
0.4
7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor
2-conductor
floating
floating
Polarity
Polarity
protection, surge protection, surge
protection
protection
<1V
< 200 mV
-
8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms
4.5 A2s
OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
2-conductor
floating
RCV circuit
<1V
< 1 mA
0.5
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 55C
V0
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
PLC-B...UC/1/SEN/SO46
uF
Terminal width 6.2
13
A2
13
A2
14
BB
14
BB
A1
A1
AC
DC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2980322
2980348
2980364
2980380
10
10
10
10
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1
2966621
2966605
2967963
10
10
10
120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
0.4
230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
0.4
7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor
2-conductor
floating
floating
Polarity
Polarity
protection, surge protection, surge
protection
protection
<1V
< 200 mV
-
8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms
<1V
< 1 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s
OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
2-conductor
floating
RCV circuit
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20C ... 55C
V0
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
91
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
The miniature relays are not just useable

for the equipment of the PLC range, but can
also be used as PCB relays in industrial
products of all kinds. Despite their small
dimensions, they are robust and have
features such as:
Power contacts up to 250 V AC/16 A
small switching capacities (mA),
4 kVrms or 5 kVrms electrical isolation
between input and output,
(VDE 0160),
High degree of protection up to RT III
depending on the type.
Notes:
REL-MR...21
1 PDT (21)
uJVPF
Width 5
Ordering replacement relays

Due to circuitry in the PLC basic terminal
block, the relay coil voltage is not always
identical to the input voltage of the module.
When reordering, always pay attention to
the voltage shown on the relay.
Note:
For dimensional drawing, perforation and
derating curves, see page 176.
A2
Input voltage
UN
Description
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
Technical data
Input data
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-MR 4,5DC/21
REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21
REL-MR- 60DC/21
2961367
2961150
2961383
2961105
2961118
10
10
10
10
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
2961370
2961163
2961493
2961121
2961134
10
10
10
10
10
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
See diagram
38
14
5
5
2.5
2.5
9
5
2.5
7
5
2.5
3
5
2.5

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA

30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC )
100 mV ( 12 V AC/DC )
50 mA ( 6 A )
(on request)
1 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
1.2 W ( 140 W )
- ( 20 W )
- ( 18 W )
- ( 23 W )
- ( 40 W )
- ( 1500 VA )

-40C ... 85C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101,
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)
PHOENIX CONTACT
14
4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
92
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
Dimensions
12
A1

W/H/D
5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
REL-MR...21-21
REL-MR...1IC
REL-MR...21HC

2 PDT (21-21)
Pluggable miniature relay for lamp loads and capacitive loads

1 N/O contact (1)
Pluggable miniature relay, high-current version

1 PDT (21)
uVPF
Width 12.7
uVPF
Width 12.7
uVPF
Width 12.7
A1
12
11
14
A1
A1
A2
22
21
24
A2
A2
13
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
2961257
10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
2961192
2961273
2961202
10
10
10
2961299
10
2961215
2961286
2961228
10
10
10
2
See diagram
33
7
3
17
7
3
8.2
7
3
4.1
7
3
Type
Order No.
REL-MR- 24DC/ 1IC
14
12
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2961341
10
17
8
3
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
2961309
10
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
2961312
2961325
2961338
10
10
10
4
See diagram
11
2
See diagram
33
7
3
17
7
3
8.2
7
3
4.1
7
3

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5V
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA

AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V )
100 mV ( 5 V )
50 mA ( 8 A )
50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) )
1 mA ( 10 mA )

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V
16 A
80 A (20 ms)
100 mA

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V
16 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
190 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
2000 VA
1.2 W ( 190 W )
- ( 85 W )
- ( 60 W )
- ( 44 W )
- ( 60 W )
- ( 2000 VA )
384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA
384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

-40C ... 85C
3 x 107 cycles

-40C ... 85C
3 x 107 cycles

-40C ... 85C
3 x 107 cycles
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70C 2.5 mm)
12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm
12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm
12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
93
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
The solid-state relays OPT-... have the

following features:
Switching capacity up to 24 V DC/5 A or
230 V AC/ 2 A,
IP67 protected housing,
Vibration and shock-resistant,
Wear-free and long-lasting,
Zero voltage switch at AC output,
Can be soldered in to the PCBs.
Spare order of solid-state relays
Always pay attention to the voltage
specifications on the solid-state relay in case
of repeat orders.
Note:
For dimensional drawing, perforation and
derating curves, see page 176.
Input voltage
UN

1
2
3
5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
1
2
3
5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
Technical data
Input data
Switching level
1 signal ("H") [V DC]

0 signal ("L") [V DC]
[mA]
[s]
[s]
[Hz]
OPT-...DC/48DC/100
Pluggable solid-state relay
uPF
Width 5
A2
Description
OPT-...DC/24DC/2
A1
13+
uPF
Width 5
14
A2
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
2967989
2966595
2966605
10
10
10
A1
13+
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
2967992
2966618
2966621
10
10
10
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
20
300
300
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
0.8 1.2
35
20
3
40
500
300
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
4
20
300
300
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
0.9 1.1
52
40
3
50
800
100

Output data
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Phase angle (cos )
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
General data
33 V DC
3 V DC
3A
15 A (10 ms)
150 mV
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C

Dimensions
2 / III
5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm
2 / III
5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm
94
PHOENIX CONTACT
W/H/D

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
OPT-...DC/24DC/5
OPT-...DC/230AC/1
OPT-...DC/230AC/2
Width 12.7
A1
13+
uPF
Width 5
Width 12.7
13
A1
14
14
A2
A2
A2
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5
2982113
2982100
2982126
10
10
10
A1
13+
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1
2967950
2967963
10
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2
2982168
2982171
2982184
10
10
10
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10
0.9 1.1
30
15
3
9000
700
10
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10
33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
200 mV
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V
253 V AC
24 V AC
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
Surge protection
1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-25C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III
12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm
2 / III
5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
95
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
6.2 mm basic terminal blocks with one contact with the screw connection method
Nominal
input voltage
1 PDT basic terminal block, without

components
PLC-BSC-5DC/211)
Order No.: 2980225
PLC-BSC-12DC/212)
Order No.: 2966896
PLC-BSC-24DC/213)
Order No.: 2966016
PLC-BSC-24UC/214)
Order No.: 2966029
PLC-BSC-48DC/213)
Order No.: 2966090
PLC-BSC-60DC/215)
Order No.: 2966100
PLC-BSC-125DC/215)
Order No.: 2980018
PLC-BSC-120UC/215)
Order No.: 2966032
PLC-BSC-230UC/215)
Order No.: 2966045
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
125 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
Actuator basic terminal block, without

components
Sensor basic terminal block, without

components
PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT3)
Order No.: 2966058
PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT3)
Order No.: 2982799
PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN3)
Order No.: 2966061
PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN5)
Order No.: 2966074
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN5)
Order No.: 2966087
Compatible components:
1) REL-MR-4,5DC/21, REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU, OPT-5DC/24DC/2, OPT-5DC/48DC/100
2
) REL-MR-12DC/21, REL-MR-12DC/21AU
3
) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU, OPT-24DC/24DC/2, OPT-24DC/48DC/100, OPT-24DC/230AC/1
4) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU
5
) REL-MR-60DC/21, REL-MR-60DC/21AU, OPT-60DC/24DC/2, OPT-60DC/48DC/100, OPT-60DC/230AC/1
6.2 mm basic terminal blocks with one contact with the spring-cage connection method
Nominal
input voltage
1 PDT basic terminal block, without

components
PLC-BSP-5DC/211)
Order No.: 2980238
PLC-BSP-12DC/212)
Order No.: 2967426
PLC-BSP-24DC/213)
Order No.: 2967219
PLC-BSP-24UC/214)
Order No.: 2967222
PLC-BSP-48DC/213)
Order No.: 2967329
PLC-BSP-60DC/215)
Order No.: 2967332
PLC-BSP-120UC/215)
Order No.: 2967167
PLC-BSP-230UC/215)
Order No.: 2967183
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
Actuator basic terminal block, without

components
Sensor basic terminal block, without

components
PLC-BSP-24DC/1/ACT3)
Order No.: 2967196
PLC-BSP-24UC/1/ACT3)
Order No.: 2982809
PLC-BSP-24DC/1/SEN3)
Order No.: 2967206
PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN5)
Order No.: 2967154
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN5)
Order No.: 2967170
1) REL-MR-4,5DC/21, REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU, OPT-5DC/24DC/2, OPT-5DC/48DC/100
3) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU, OPT-24DC/24DC/2, OPT-24DC/48DC/100, OPT-24DC/230AC/1
5) REL-MR-60DC/21, REL-MR-60DC/21AU, OPT-60DC/24DC/2, OPT-60DC/48DC/100, OPT-60DC/230AC/1
14 mm basic terminal blocks (empty) with two contacts with screw and spring-cage connection method
Nominal
input voltage
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
Two PDT, with screw

connection
PLC-BSC-12DC/21-211)
Order No.: 2967251
Order No.: 2967015
PLC-BSC-24UC/21-2110)
Order No.: 2967028
Order No.: 2967264
Order No.: 2967316
PLC-BSC-120UC/21-214)
Order No.: 2967031
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-214)
Order No.: 2967044
Two PDT, with springcage connection

PLC-BSP-12DC/21-211)
Order No.: 2912426
Order No.: 2912439
PLC-BSP-24UC/21-2110)
Order No.: 2912442
Order No.: 2912455
Order No.: 2912468
PLC-BSP-120UC/21-214)
Order No.: 2912471
PLC-BSP-230UC/21-214)
Order No.: 2912484
IC basic terminal block,

with screw connection
IC basic terminal block, with

spring-cage connection
PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT5)
Order No.: 2967837
PLC-BSP-24DC/1IC/ACT5)
Order No.: 2912400
1) REL-MR-12DC/21-21, REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU
2) REL-MR-24DC/21-21, REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU, OPT-24DC/24DC/5, OPT-24DC/230AC/2
3
) REL-MR-60DC/21-21, REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU, OPT-60DC/24DC/5, OPT-60DC/230AC/2
5) REL-MR-24DC/1IC, OPT-24DC/24DC/5, OPT-24DC/230AC/2
6
) REL-MR-12DC/21HC
7) REL-MR-24DC/21HC, OPT-24DC/24DC/5, OPT-24DC/230AC/2
8) REL-MR-60DC/21HC, OPT-60DC/24DC/5, OPT-60DC/230AC/2
9
) REL-MR-110DC/21HC
11) REL-MR-24 DC/21HC
96
PHOENIX CONTACT

HC basic terminal block,

with screw connection
PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC6)
Order No.: 2967769
PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC7)
Order No.: 2967772
PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC11)
Order No.: 2967785
PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC7)
Order No.: 2967798
PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC8)
Order No.: 2967808
Order No.: 2967811
Order No.: 2967824
HC basic terminal block,

with spring-cage connection
PLC-BSP-12DC/21HC6)
Order No.: 2912332
PLC-BSP-24DC/21HC7)
Order No.: 2912345
PLC-BSP-24UC/21HC11)
Order No.: 2912358
PLC-BSP-48DC/21HC7)
Order No.: 2912361
PLC-BSP-60DC/21HC8)
Order No.: 2912374
Order No.: 2912387
Order No.: 2912390
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions,
equipped with relay
PLC-R...-12DC...
U
U N 1,4
PLC-R...-24DC...
U
U N 1,4
1,3
1,3
1,2
1,2
1,1
1,1
UN= 12 V DC
UN= 24 V DC
0,9
0,9
0,8
0,8
0,7
0,7
20
25
30
40
35
45
50
55
60
65
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-24UC...
U
U N 1,4
1,3
1,3
1,2
1,2
1,1
1,1
1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 60 V DC
0,9
0,9
0,8
0,8
B
0,7
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
0,7
20
60 65
TU [ C]
25
30
40
35
45
50
55
60
65
20
1,3
1,2
1,2
1,1
1,1
1
0,9
0,9
0,8
B
0,7
50
55
60
65
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
TU [ C]
Operating voltage ranges for

PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions,
equipped with relay
60
65
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
TU [ C]
1,3
1,3
1,2
1,2
1,1
UN= 12 V DC
UN= 24 V DC
1
0,9
0,9
B
0,8
0,8
0,7
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-24UC...
1,3
1,2
1,2
1,1
1,1
PLC-R...-60DC...
1,2
1,1
UN= 48 V DC
UN= 60 V DC
1
0,9
B
0,8
0,9
B
0,8
0,7
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
TU [ C]
65
PLC-R...-230UC...
UN= 110 V DC
1,3
60
U
U N 1,4
1,3
UN= 220 V DC
1,2
1,2
UN= 120 V DC
1,1
1,1
A
UN= 230 V AC
0,9
0,9
B
0,8
UN= 110 V DC
UN= 120 V AC
0,7
UN= 220 V DC
0,8
UN= 230 V AC
B
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
TU [ C]
20
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-120UC...
U
U N 1,4
0,8
0,7
20
1,3
0,9
65
U
U N 1,4
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC
1
60
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-48DC...
U
U N 1,4
1,3
65
PLC-R...-24DC...
U
U N 1,4
60
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-12DC...
U
U N 1,4
1,1
U
U N 1,4
65
0,8
B
45
60
UN= 220 V DC / 230 V AC
40
55
UN= 125 V DC
0,9
35
50
1,1
UN= 110 V DC / 120 V AC
0,7
45
PLC-R...-230UC...
1,3
0,8
40
U
U N 1,4
1,2
30
35
TU [ C]
1,3
25
30
PLC-R...-125DC...
U
U N 1,4
20
25
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-120UC...
U
U N 1,4
UN= 48 V DC
0,9
0,8
PLC-R...-60DC...
U
U N 1,4
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC
1
65
TU [ C]
PLC-R...-48DC...
U
U N 1,4
60
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
TU [ C]
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
TU [ C]
General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating factor,
horizontal or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting
continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical
data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see
respective technical data).
1) Pre-excitation: Relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TU with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective
technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short
time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The values Uop
for cold coils (Tcoil = TU = 20 C) indicated by other manufacturers
yield better values, but are not practical.

PHOENIX CONTACT
97
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated
relays
Two channels can be independently
switched with the relay module
PLC-2R24DC/1.
The two integrated relays in the just
6.2 mm narrow housing lead to 100% more
channel density compared to the
conventional 6.2 mm relay modules. The
relay module is designed for applications in
which space along with reliability and fast
wiring plays an important role.
Notes:
Type of housing:
PLC-2R...24DC/1
Relay module with two integrated relays
The advantages of the module:

100% more channel density than the
conventional 6.2 mm relay
Two switching channels on just 6.2 mm
design width
Maximum switching current 3.5 A
Integrated input/protective circuit
Spring-cage and screw connection types
available
Safe disconnection between input and
output as per DIN EN 50178
Safe isolation between the contacts as per
DIN EN 50178
Terminal width 6.2
A1.1+
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
23
K2
26-14
24-14
A1.2+

1
1
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
General data
Test voltage output/output
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
14
A2
AWG
Description
98
13
K1
Input voltage
UN
24 V DC
24 V DC
24
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1
2987309
10
PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 1
2987312
10
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
W/H/D
See diagram
7
4
6
Single contact, 2 x 1 N/O contact
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
3.5 A
5 mA
84 W
24 W
24 W
31 W
46 W
875 VA
3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20C ... 60C
V0
2 x 107 cycles
EN 50178, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
Application example PLC-2RS...24DC/1
VCC
+-
A1.2 A1.2
A2 A2
A1.1 A1.1
y1
14
14
13
13
23
23
24
24
y2
y3
y4
U
U N 1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC
Input voltage
1
0,9
B
0,8
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
TU [ C]
Ambient temperature
Interrupting rating
20
10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300
1 DC, ohmic load

PHOENIX CONTACT
99
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
switch and relay
With the PLC-RS...1/S/... interface
module, the "Manual", "0" and "Automatic"
functions can be realized. The load can be
started directly with the module.
The "Automatic" switching status is
acknowledged through a floating contact.
The advantages of the module:
Width of just 6.2 mm,
Maximum switching current 6 A,
Integrated input circuit/protection circuit,
Spring-cage and screw connection types
available,
Floating confirmation contact for
switching state "Automatic".
Depending on the version, the switch is
operated either just by hand or using a
screwdriver.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Insulating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases:
always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages
greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST
8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
A2
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
13
M
0
AWG
14
A1
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-1.5
26-14
24-14
Description
1
2
1
2
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
2(CTL)
1(CTL)
Input voltage
UN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L
2982236
2834876
10
10
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H

PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L
2982249
2834889
10
10
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
Feedback
Operating mode "Automatic" floating
General data
Rated surge voltage
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC-RS...1/S/H
With switch for Manual-0-Automatic operation and soldered power
contact relay 1 N/O (1)
Terminal width 6.2
Note:
For application examples and operating
voltage range, see page 177.
100
H W
D
See diagram
11
11
6
6
15
15
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
Max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
Min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA
W/H/D
250 V AC
6 kV
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
2 / III
6.2 mm / 90 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
switch
When PLC-INTERFACE modules are
combined using PLC plug-in bridges, it is
possible to realize the functions "Manual",
"0" und "Automatic" with switch terminal
block PLC-S.../S... . PLC modules with an
input voltage of 72 V AC/DC can be used.
The switch module is ideal for applications
where switching operations are seldom, e.g.
startup, tests, manual/emergency operation
level.
Further advantages:
Width of just 6.2 mm,
Floating feedback for switching status
"Automatic".
Identification on the PLC switch housing
makes it possible to clearly assign it to the
particular PLC-INTERFACE module.
Depending on the version, the switch is
operated either just by hand or using a
screwdriver.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver
Note:
For application example, see page 177.
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
H W
D
PLC-S...-S/...
With switch for Manual-0-Automatic mode
Applied for:
UL / CUL
Terminal width 6.2
AUTO
I
0
solid
stranded
[mm2]
OUT
MANUELL
AWG
A1
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
26-14
24-14
2(CTL)
1(CTL)
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-SC-S/H
PLC-SC-S/L
2980733
2980775
10
10
PLC-SP-S/H
PLC-SP-S/L
2980746
2980788
10
10
Technical data
Max. inrush current
Cycles, max.
Feedback
Operating mode "Automatic" floating
General data
Rated surge voltage
Dimensions
72 V DC
2 V DC
50 mA
1 mA
100 (at 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)
72 V DC / 50 mA
W/H/D
85 V AC
0.5 kV
-20C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 90 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
101
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with an integrated
solid-state relay
The new slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with
integrated electronics supplements the
reliable PLC series with pluggable relays or
solid-state relays.
In a variety of versions, it offers the
following advantages:
Option of bridging adjacent modules,
Status display,
Protection circuits in input and output,
Wear-resistant and bounce-free
switching,
Insensitive to vibration and shock.
The following versions are available:
Notes:
Type of housing:
The housings of the following modules is open on one side:
- PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1
- PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OS...-24DC/48DC/500/W
This PLC input solid-state relay has an
electronic PDT output. This PLC module is
used for applications in which N/O and/or
N/C functions are required (e.g. where
there is a high switching frequency). Both
outputs can switch loads of up to
48 V DC/500 mA.
Note:
14
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
A1
14
AWG
A2
13+
26-14
24-14
A2
13+
Description
1
2
3
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
4
5
6
7
8
Input voltage
UN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1
2980652
2980665
2980678
2980681
2980694
2980704
2980717
2980720
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 1
2980814
2980827
2980830
2980843
2980856
2980869
2980872
2980885
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Technical data
Input data

Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Alarm output
Operating range
Residual voltage drop at "H"
Output protection
Output data
Output protection
General data
Rated surge voltage
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Terminal width 6.2
102
PLC-OS...300DC/1
Power solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max 1 A
PLC-OS...-300DC/1
The PLC power solid-state relay can
switch DC loads up to 300 V DC/1 A and is
available in all conventional industrial
voltages from 5 V to 230 V on the control
side.
PLC-OS...24DC/24DC/10/R
On the output side, this short circuit
proof PLC solid-state relay can switch
contactors, solenoid valves or motors, for
example, up to max. 24 V DC/10 A.
The reply output provides a possibility for
reporting an error to the control unit, for
example, in the event of overload or short
circuit. This state is indicated with a LED
red on the PLC solid-state relay.
H W
D
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
5
6
8
5
5
3
0.8
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
1.5
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
1.4
50
50
50
50
50
50
LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection
-/300 V DC
12 V DC
1A
< 500 mV
W/H/D
300 V
4 kV
-25C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

0.8 1.1
0.8
0.4
3
19
6
50
0.8 1.1
0.8
0.4
3
19
6
50
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-OS...24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OS...24DC/48DC/500/W
Power solid-state relay with short circuit proof DC voltage output,

max. 10 A, with feedback
Input solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max 500 mA, with
electronic PDT
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Terminal width 6.2
Terminal width 6.2
Applied for:
UL Listed / CUL Listed
A1
12
A1
A
A2
14
+
+24V
A2
11
A2
11
Err
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R
2982702
10
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
2980636
10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R
2982715
10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
2980649
10
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
3
0.15
1
100
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
3
0.03
0.15
1000
3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA

< 1.2 V
LED red, polarity protection, surge protection
-/-
33 V DC
5 V DC
10 A
50 mV
48 V DC
3 V DC
500 mA
< 1.2 mV
300 V
4 kV
-25C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm
300 V
4 kV
-25C ... 60C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
103
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal
at input
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be optionally equipped with a
mechanical relay or a solid-state relay. The
basic terminal block equipped with a rugged
miniature relay has the following features:
6.2 mm slim design width
Bridging options
Status indicator
Screw and spring-cage connection
RTIII degree of protection
Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
Notes:
Type of housing:
PLC-B...-TTL/1
Basic terminal block, for fitting with relay for TTL (5 V)
Terminal width 6.2
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 24-14
I
[A]
U
[V]
*
*
*
*
13+
Description
PLC-INTERFACE
With gold contact
With power contact
104
PHOENIX CONTACT
H W
D
14
GND
UVN
IN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSC-TTL/1
PLC-BSP-TTL/1
2982689
2982692
10
10
REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR 4,5DC/21
2961370
2961367
10
10
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN
5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN

Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
41 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
0.9 ... 1.2
Rated actuating current IC

Typ. response time at Uc
Typ. release time for Uc
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
2.5 mA
4.5 ms
3.5 ms
REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU
REL-MR-4,5DC/21
AgSnO
30 V AC / 36 V DC
250 V AC/DC
100 mV
12 V AC/DC
50 mA
6A
50 mA
(on request)
1 mA
10 mA
1.2 W
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Mechanical life
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits
250 V
6 kV
-20C ... 60C
V0
2 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178

Dimensions
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
W/H/D

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
at input
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be optionally equipped with a
mechanical relay or a solid-state relay. The
basis terminal block equipped with a solidstate relay has the following features:
Bridging options
Status indicator
IP67-protected solid-state relay
electronic unit
Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
Alternative input or power solid-state
relay
Wear-free and output-free
Resistant to vibrations and shocks
Integrated protective circuit
2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between
input and output
Notes:
Type of housing:
Note:
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
*
*
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 24-14
*
*
H W
D
PLC-B...-TTL/1
Basic terminal block for fitting with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)
Terminal width 6.2
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
I
[A]
U
[V]
Description
13+
14
GND
UVN
IN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-BSC-TTL/1
PLC-BSP-TTL/1
2982689
2982692
10
10
OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2
2967992
2967989
10
10
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN
5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN

Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Switching level 1 signal ("H") (TTL signal)
Switching level 0 signal ("L") (TTL signal)
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc
Typ. turn-off time for Uc
Input circuit
Output data with:
Output circuit
Output protection
11.5 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
> 2 V DC
< 0.8 V DC
2.5 mA
35 s
320 s
OPT-5DC/48DC/100
OPT-5DC/24DC/2
48 V DC
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
Polarity protection,
surge protection
surge protection
<1V
< 200 mV

General data
250 V
6 kV
-20C ... 60C
V0
DIN EN 50178

Dimensions
2 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT
105
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
at output
The PLC-OS24DC/TTL with a built-in
solid-state relay can be used for fast and
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.
This module has the following features:
Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
Bridging options
Status indicator
Resistant to vibrations and shocks
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
PLC-O...24DC/TTL
Input solid state relay with TTL (5 V) output
Terminal width 6.2
A1
+
A1
+
A2
A2
A2
+
solid
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
I
[A]
U
[V]
Connection data
Screw connection
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14
*
*
Spring-cage conn.
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5 24-14
*
*
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL
2982728
10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL
2982731
10

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC
Switching level 1 signal ("H")
Switching level 0 signal ("L")
Typ. switch-on time for Uc
Typ. turn-off time for Uc
Input circuit DC
Output data with:
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
> 0.8
< 0.4
3.4 mA
35 s
35 s
1 kHz
a TTL load (Fan out = 1) / 50 mA for switching mode
Output protection
General data

< 80 mV

Dimensions
106
PHOENIX CONTACT
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2
250 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25C ... 60C
V0
DIN EN 50178
W/H/D
2 / III
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state
relays for railway applications
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 part 200) "Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles".
Its main features are:
Temperature range -25C to +70C,
Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x UN,
Shock resistance in acc. with DIN 50155
(requirements in acc. with EN 61373).
Note:
Derating curve see page 178.
Notes:
Type of housing:
For marking systems and mounting material, see
Catalog CLIPLINE.
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-OSP.../24DC/3RW
PLC-OSP.../110DC/3RW
Terminal width 6.2
Applied for:
14
A1
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Terminal width 6.2
14
A1
14
solid
Connection data
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
14
AWG
A2
13+
A2
13+
A2
13+
A2
13+
24-14
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input voltage
UN
24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit DC
Output data
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Rated surge voltage
Dimensions
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
W/H/D
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
2980513
10
2980526
10
PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW

PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW
2982511
2982524
2982537
2982540
2982553
2982566
10
10
10
10
10
10
0.7 1.25
0.6
0.3
8.5
0.04
0.2
300
LED yellow, polarity protection
0.7 1.25
0.6
0.3
3
0.08
0.6
100
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25

1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
< 0.4
< 0.4
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
12
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.4
0.4
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
50
50
300
300
300
300
33 V DC
3 V DC
3A
< 200 mV
140 V DC
12 V DC
3A
< 150 mV
250 V
4 kV
-25C ... 70C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm
160 V DC
4 kV
-25C ... 70C
V0
2 / III
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
107
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with relay for
railway applications
The PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW interface
module with extended input voltage and
temperature range is intended for use in
railway applications as per EN 50155
Part 200.
The PLC-BSP...RW is designed such that
an operating voltage of 0.7-1.25 x UN and an
ambient temperature range of -25C to
+70C is permissible.
The module is supplied only as a basic
terminal block without relays.
Its features are:
Temperature range -25C to +70C
Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x UN
Vibration and shock resistance as per
EN 50155(requirements as per
EN 61373)
Spring-cage connection method
Convenient, vibration-resistant plug-in
bridge system
Integrated input and protection circuit
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
H W
D
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
Basic terminal block for assembly with relay
solid
Connection data
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
11
A1
14
12
Description
Voltage UN

relay
24 V DC
With power contact
With gold contact
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Mechanical life

Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
A2
24-14
Note:
refer to page 178.
108
Terminal width 6.2
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW
2961396
10
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU
2961383
2961493
10
10
24 V DC
See diagram
12 mA
5 ms
8 ms
REL-MR-18DC/21
REL-MR-18DC/21AU
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V AC/DC
100 mV
3A
50 mA
(on request)
50 mA
10 mA
1 mA
72 W
1.2 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
750 VA
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)
-25C ... 70C
V0
2 x 107 cycles
DIN VDE 0106-101
W/H/D
3 / III
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
The relay module PLC-RSP-230UC/2121AU/RWF is designed for input voltages
with a nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz and
thus is intended for use in railway
applications.
It consists of a 14 mm narrow basic
terminal block with a spring-cage
connection and a pluggable multi-layer
contact relay with two PDT contacts.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
H W
D
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
Its features are:

Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
Vibration and shock resistance as per
EN 50155(requirements as per
EN 61373)
Spring-cage connection method
Convenient, vibration-resistant plug-in
bridge system
Integrated input and protection circuit
Equipped with pluggable multi-layer contact relay, 2 PDT (21-21)
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Terminal width 14
21
24
Note:
refer to page 178.
solid
Connection data
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-14
22
A2
11
A1
14
12
Description
Voltage UN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
2968001
10

230 V AC
Technical data
Input data
Input nominal frequency
Input circuit
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
230 V AC
16.67 Hz
See diagram
4.8 mA (with AC)
20 ms
60 ms
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
1.2 W
-
( 250 V AC/DC )
( 5 V AC/DC )
(6A)
(8A)
( 10 mA )
( 140 W )
( 85 W )
( 60 W )
( 44 W )
( 60 W )
( 1500 VA )
General data
Mechanical life
6 kV
-25C ... 60C
V0
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 safe isolation, reinforced insulation

Dimensions
2 / III
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm
W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT
109
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with a pluggable
relay for railway applications
(EN 50155 certified)
Besides other requirements, railway
applications also put forth the highest
requirements as regards the temperature
and voltage range of coupling relays.
Conventional relays do not cover the
required input voltage range of 70% to
125% of the nominal voltage at higher
ambient temperatures and in case of a
closely aligned assembly.
The space-saving coupling relay series
PLC...RW with one or two PDT contacts
has been developed for use in rail vehicles as
per EN 50155. Integrated wide-range
technology always ensures operation of the
relay at optimal operating point. Result:
very little temperature rise and safe
operation throughout the entire operating
voltage and ambient temperature range.
Its features are:
Certified as per EN 50155 (certificate on
request)
Only 6.2 mm or 14 mm constructional
width
Spring-cage connections
For railway voltages 24 V, 72 V and 110 V
(other input voltages on request)
Control-side operation possible either
with AC or DC voltage
Less power consumption and
temperature rise
Switching capacity depends on type up to
2500 VA with power contact relay
Alternative, hard gold-plated contacts for
signal applications
Pluggable relays protected against
environmental influences (degree of
protection RTII and RTIII)
Integrated input and protective circuit as
well as status LED
Easy-to-assemble plug-in bridge systems
for potential distribution
Temperature range from -40C to +70C
(short-term 85C) and
Voltage range from 0.7-1.25 x UN (shortterm 1.4 x UN)
Solid-state relays as per EN 50155 are
also available as a wear-proof alternative in
the PLC series.
Notes:
Type of housing:
FBST 500....
PLC-RSP-...UC/21/RW
Equipped with pluggable relay
1 PDT (21)
A2
11
A1
14
12
Input voltage
UN
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
2
3
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW
2987011
2987037
2987053
10
10
10
1
2
3
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW
2987024
2987040
2987066
10
10
10
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
Dimensions
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25

1.25
1.25
5.1
2.9
1.5
8
8
8
11
11
11
LED yellow, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
General data
PHOENIX CONTACT
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Width 6.2
Note:
For diagrams, see page 178.
110
H W
D
W/H/D
12 V AC/DC
6A
(on request)
10 mA

30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
100 mV ( 12 V AC/DC )
50 mA ( 6 A )
50 mA
1 mA ( 10 mA )
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
1.2 W
-
4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min)

-40C ... 70C (temperature class TX)
V0
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178 (VDE 0160), IEC 62103,
EN 61373, EN 50121
6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W
D
H W
D
PLC-RSP-...UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RSP-...UC/21HC/RW
Equipped with pluggable relay

2 PDT (21-21)
Equipped with pluggable relay for high continuous currents

1 PDT (21)
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Width 14
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Width 14
21
24
11
22
A2
11
A2
A1
14
A1
14
12
12
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW
2987105
2987121
2987147
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW
2987118
2987134
2987150
10
10
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW
2987079
2987082
2987095
10
10
10
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25

1.25
1.25
12
5.9
4
8
8
8
11
11
11
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25

1.25
1.25
12
5.9
4
8
8
8
11
11
11

AgNi
250 V AC/DC

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
2x 6 A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA

AgNi, + 5 m Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
100 mV ( 5 V AC/DC )
50 mA ( 6 A )
50 mA ( 8 A )
1 mA ( 10 mA )
140 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
1500 VA
1.2 W
-
240 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
75 W
2500 VA
12 V AC/DC
10 A (with inserted bridge 2967691)
30 A (300 ms)
10 mA

V0
EN 61373, EN 50121
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

V0
EN 61373, EN 50121
14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
111
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors
The electronic sensor terminal block,
PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN from Phoenix converts
the changeable resistance of a NAMUR
sensor unit into a digital signal that can be
read by all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an
integrated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to
monitor all mechanical switches (N/C
contact or N/O contact) for short circuits
and/or wire break.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following:
Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch,
Defined recognition and evaluation of the
analog sensor signal,
Monitoring of the sensor line for short
circuits and strand breakage; a fault is
signalized by the LED red,
Status display (output signal) via LED
green,
24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls,
Output positive or negative switching
depending on design,
Additional output for error message,
positive or negative switching depending
on design,
Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter,
Bridging and marking with standard
terminal accessories.
Note:
For application example, see page 179.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Pin configuration PLC-NAMUR, see circuit diagram:
For positive switching (P), data without parentheses applies, both
+24 V connection terminals are connected internally.
For minus switching (M), data in parenthese applies, both GND
connection terminals are connected internally.
Applied for:
UL / CUL / GL
Terminal width 6.2
Out
Out
(GND)
ERR
GND
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
UVN
AWG
UVN
(OUT)
24V
26-12
24-12
ERR
(ERR)
Description
Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive
switching
Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, negative
switching
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN
Typ. input current at UVN
Input circuit
Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:
Output voltage range (negative switching)

Output protection
General data
Air and creepage distances
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN 24.../...

For inductive proximity sensors acc. to NAMUR, with light indicators
for sensor signal and faults,
(M) (P)
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
2982663
2982676
10
10
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24M

PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24M
2982595
2982605
10
10
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
2941662
50
24 V DC 20% (UVN)
Approx. 14 mA
Approx. 350 Hz
LED green, polarity protection, surge protection
8.2 V DC 10%
2.1 mA (in conductive state)
1.2 mA (in blocking state)
Approx. 20 mA (in the event of a short circuit)
Approx. 12 mA (in the event of a wire break)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Approx. 1 k
Surge protection
Switching hysteresis
Internal resistance
Protective circuit
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching)
Operating voltage range (negative switching)
Output protection
Signal output
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current
Output voltage (positive switching)
112
H W
D
UVN - URest
3 V DC ... 33 V DC
50 mA
1.5 V (UR)
LED red, surge protection
50 mA
1.5 V (UR)
100 mV (in conductive state)
UVN - UR (in blocking state)
3 V DC ... 33 V DC
Surge protection
W/H/D
50 V DC
0.4 kV / Basic insulation
-25C ... 50C
V0
DIN EN 50178
2/I
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
Note:
For application example, status table and
derating curve, refer to page 179.
Notes:
Type of housing:
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
H W
D
PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC
With overload and short circuit proof output
Terminal width 6.2
Applied for:
UV
PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
The electronic reversing load relays
PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC allow
mechanically commutated DC motors to be
switched. They reverse and reduce the
speed of DC motors up to 24 V/2 A, in a
wear-free manner. A short circuit, surge
voltage and overload proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the "left"
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the "right" input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e. "right" and "left",
the motor is short-circuited internally via
the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.
The modules are available with either
screw or spring-cage connections.
Adjacent modules can be bridged with the
PLC plug-in bridges if necessary.
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
stranded
[mm2]
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
0.14-2.5
0.2-2.5
M+
R
L
AWG
M-
26-14
24-14
GND
Description
Type
Order No.

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC
2980539
2980555
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control input current IST right/left
Input protection:
PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs
24 V DC 20%
Approx. 3 mA
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors, with light

indicator and protection circuit
1
1
1000 Hz
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM

Output data
Supply voltage range UV
Quiescent current
Output protection
Motor switching output
Continuous current IA max.
Current limitation at short-circuits
General data
0% ... 100%
50 V DC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-25C ... 60C
V0
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0110

Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
2 / II
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
In rows with zero spacing
6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA
LED green, polarity protection, surge protection
15 A (during braking)
W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT
113
INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
PLC accessories
The power terminal PLC-ESK helps in

supplying the bridge potentials, the
insulating plate PLC-ATP helps in optical
and safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The passive feed-through bridge
PLC-BP (A1-14) is used instead of a relay
and connects the A1 and 14 terminal points.
PLC-ESK GY
Description
Color
PLC-BP (A1-14)
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PLC-ESK GY
2966508
PLC-ATP BK
2966841
25
SZF 1-0,6X3,5
1204517
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BP (A1-14)
2980283
10
Power terminal, for supply of up to four potentials, with the same

shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC
gray
Insulating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a
PLC terminal strip. It also serves in visual separation of groups,
safe isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as
per DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of
different potentials and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages
>250 V
black
Screwdriver
Blade: 0,6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay
or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14
black
PLC accessories
The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges

are not required for the PLC interface to up
to 70%. The 500 mm long "Endless bridges"
FBST 500-PLC are especially effective.
The 2-pos. single plug-in bridges FBST 6
are especially suited for bridging a smaller
number of PLC modules.
FBST 500-PLC...
Description
Color
Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,

for potential distribution
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long, for potential distribution
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long, for potential distribution with a
partition plate
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated, for potential
distribution
black
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section, with
consecutive numbers, e.g. 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100
white
white
114
PHOENIX CONTACT
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
FBST 500-PLC RD
FBST 500-PLC BU
FBST 500-PLC GY
2966786
2966692
2966838
20
20
20
FBST 6-PLC RD
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY
2966236
2966812
2966825
50
50
50
FBST 8-PLC GY
2967688
50
FBST 14-PLC BK
2967691
50
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT
1051016
1051003
10
10

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters

which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLCINTERFACE modules to the VARIOFACE
system cabling:
Note:
Type of housing:
PLC-V8/...
PLC-V8L/...
VARIOFACE adapter for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE
VARIOFACE adapter for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE
uPF
Description
No. of
pos.
Module width
W
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling,
negative switching
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN
2295554
2296553
1
1
OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
VARIOFACE output adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip
15
49.6 mm
Socket strip
15
49.6 mm
VARIOFACE input adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip
15
49.6 mm
Socket strip
15
49.6 mm
VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
positive switching
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M
2304102
2304115
1
1
PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT
2296058
2296061
1
1
PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN
2296074
2296087
1
1
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT
2299660
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M
2304306
VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with

positive switching
14
112.3 mm
VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
negative switching
14
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max. total current (voltage supply)
Test voltage
Mounting position
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Dimensions
112.3 mm
Power supply
Signal level
H/D
24 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20C ... 60C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Flat-ribbon cable connector, in acc. with IEC 60603-13
(engagement catches based on IEC 60603-13)
24 V DC
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20C ... 60C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Flat-ribbon cable connector, in acc. with IEC 60603-13
(engagement catches based on IEC 60603-13)
0.2 ... 4 mm / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm / 24 - 12

94 mm / 100 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm / 24 - 12

94 mm / 100 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
115
INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
The Phoenix Contact interface terminal

blocks DEK provide complete interface
functions in modular terminal block
housings that are just 6.2 mm wide. In
conjunction with standard terminal block
accessories, these high capacity interfaces
have not only the design but also the high
level of user convenience of modular
terminal blocks.
The main common feature of all Phoenix
Contact interface terminal blocks is their
constructional width of just 6.2 mm. This
saves 60% space in the control cabinet in
comparison to conventional 15 mm wide
coupling relays from modular systems.
The DEK range offers the best solution
for all industrial voltages both for signal
input and output.
High switching capacities are a matter of
course for the relay terminal block DEKREL... and the solid-state relay terminal
block DEK-OV....
The wear-free power solid-state relay
terminal block DEK-OV... is used for
applications that require a greater switching
frequency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.
116
PHOENIX CONTACT
Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the

switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.
Colored insertion bridges EB-DIK for the
supply and ground signals make it possible
to design the circuit simply and effectively.
Integrated protective circuits such as
free-wheeling diodes, polarity reversal
protection diodes and surge protection
elements protect the coupling modules and
ensure optimum availability of the system.

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
Relay terminal block DEK-REL-...
The Phoenix relay terminal block with

PDT contact offers the following
advantages:
Width of only 6.2 mm,
High switching capacity of 250 V AC / 6 A,
Less storage, since PDT, N/O or N/C
contacts can be wired,
Little wiring expense, due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges,
IP67 protected relay housing,
Cadmium-free relay contacts,
4 kV electrical isolation of input and
output,
(VDE 0160),
Light indicator for signalizing the
switching status.
Notes:
Type of housing:
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 133.
H W
D
DEK-REL-G24/21
For medium to high loads
1 PDT (21)
uP
Width 6.2
12
14
A1
+
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-14
A2
-
Input voltage
UN
Description
11
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL-G24/21
2964500
10
D-DEK 1,5 GN
2716949
50
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
Relay terminal block with power relay

1
24 V DC
No. of
pos.
80
80
80
Color
Cover
Insertion bridge, for middle and lower
levels
Divisible
blue
red
white
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
6A
10 mA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Dimensions
0.8 1.1
9
8
5
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
-20C ... 50C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/VDE 0435 (in
relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)
W/H/D
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
117
INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
Input interface DEK-REL-24/1/SEN
and output interface
DEK-REL-24/1/AKT
In addition to the familiar advantages of
the electronic terminal blocks DEK-REL...
such as
2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for
universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A
continuous current,
2 kVrms electrical isolation between input
and output
Integrated input circuit.
With this terminal block, "ALL"
connections for a sensor or actuator are
provided over a width of just 6.2 mm!
This means that 16 outputs take up a
total constructional width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal block).
Advantages:
Lower costs as the N terminal block is no
longer required,
Wiring is reduced to a minimum,
Up to 73% more space.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
DEK-REL-.../I/1
For small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)
Width 6.2
A1
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
13
AWG
14
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
24-14
14
A2
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL- 5/I/1
DEK-REL- 24/I/1
2941183
2940171
10
10
D-DEK 1,5 GN
2716949
50
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
Relay terminal block with miniature relay

1
5 V AC/DC
2
24 V AC/DC
Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on
NS 35...
For busbar feeding
Cover
levels
Divisible
No. of
pos.
80
80
80
Color
blue
red
white
Technical data
Input data
Signal load
Supply
(+)
PLC OUT
-PLC
Load
Ground load

Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
SPS IN
General data
Dimensions
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
-20C ... 50C
+SPS
+
0.9 0.8 1.1

1.1
23
6.5
8
5
15
15
Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, 5 m hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC
Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
W/H/D
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
Pin configuration DEK-REL-...SEN
118
PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
DEK-REL-.../O/1
DEK-REL-...AKT
DEK-REL-...SEN

1 N/O contact (1)

1 N/O contact (1)

1 N/O contact (1)
Width 6.2
Width 6.2
A1
13
A1
uP
A2
14
A2
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL- 5/O/1
DEK-REL- 24/O/1
2941170
2941154
10
10
uP
Width 6.2
13
A1
14
A2
13
A2
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT
2964063
10
DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN
2964050
10
DIKD 1,5
2715979
50
DIKD 1,5
2715979
50
D-DEK 1,5 GN
2716949
50
D-DEK 1,5 GN
2716949
50
D-DEK 1,5 GN
2716949
50
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
0.9 0.8 1.1

1.1
23
6.5
8
5
15
15
0.8 1.1
6.5
5
15
0.8 1.1
6.5
5
15

250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
5A
1 mA

250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
5A
1 mA

250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
5A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

-20C ... 50C

-20C ... 50C

-20C ... 50C
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
119
INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
Solid-state relay terminal blocks
DEK-OE... and DEK-OV...
Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV
interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm
wide but still provide a complete input or
output interface with:
Electrical isolation between input and
output at up to 2.5 kVrms
Status display,
Insertion bridges EB-DIK,
Labeling and mounting with modular
terminal block convenience,
Wear-free switching up to 24 V DC/10 A
and 240 V AC/800 mA,
Integrated output protection circuit,
Zero voltage switch at AC output,
Actuator version available.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
DEK-OE.../48DC/100
With DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA
Width 6.2
Note:
For load current diagram, refer to
page 179.
A1
+
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-14
A2
-
A1
0 A2
AC
DC
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100

DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100
2940223
2964487
2940207
2941536
2941659
2940210
10
10
10
10
10
10
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
1
2
3
7
No. of
pos.
80
80
80
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
Color
Actuator principle
levels
Divisible
blue
red
white
Technical data
Input data
Switching level with reference to UN
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Min. load current
Surge current
Switching time tin /tout
120
PHOENIX CONTACT
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[Hz]
DC input
AC input
26 A
26 A
26 A
3
0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
6.5
11
7
4
3.2
2.5
300
300
300
300
3
3
LED yellow, polarity protection, purge protection
3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
20 s / 200 s
10 ms / 20 ms
2-conductor floating, 3-conductor ground-referenced
Polarity protection, free-wheeling diode
0.9 V

Phase angle (cos )
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
General data
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 60C

Dimensions
2 / III
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
W/H/D

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
DEK-OV.../24DC/3
DEK-OV-.../24DC/10
DEK-OV.../240AC/800

max. = 3 A

max. = 10 A
With AC voltage output

max. = 800 mA
Width 6.2
A1+
14 A1+
14
A2-
13+ A2-
13+
Width 6.2
A1
A1
+
13
A2
DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3

DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT
2941361
2941387
2941374
2964296
10
10
10
10
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
13
A2-
DEK-OV.../24DC/3
Width 6.2
26 A
26 A
26 A
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.

2961752
2961749
2964322
10
10
10
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
26 A
26 A
26 A
A2
-
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800
2964623
2964636
2964649
10
10
10
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
26 A
26 A
26 A
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
11
300
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
8.5
300
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
7
300
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
7
300
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
5.1
100
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
4.7
100
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
3.5
100
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
10.2
10
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
10.5
10
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
10.7
10
3 V DC ... 30 V DC
3A
40 s / 200 s
-/2-conductor floating
0.2 V
5 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 A
100 A (t = 20 ms)
250 s / 800 s
-/3-conductor, ground-referenced
< 50 mV
10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz)

600 V
0.8 A
10 mA
30 A (t = 10 ms)
< 10 ms / < 10 ms
-/1.2 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 60C
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 60C
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 60C
2 / III
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
2 / III
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
2 / III
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
121
INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
The EMG series is an extensive range of

flexibly combinable interface modules.
It provides a large choice of relay and
solid-state relay interfaces in a robust, railmountable housing system for many areas
of application.
The circuit diagram of the respective
component is printed on all modules. The
function of the modules can therefore be
easily recognized even when the DIN rail is
equipped to capacity and the cables are
connected. This is an advantage which saves
time and costs when servicing and
expanding the system.
Extremely narrow constructions enable
the interfaces to be used in applications
where the complexity of the system leaves
little space. The modules can be mounted in
rows with zero spacing on EN DIN rails.
The circuit variants of the interfaces of
the EMG series offer all the possibilities of
process and control-related signal
processing.
122
PHOENIX CONTACT
All common industrial voltages

The EMG series offers the right solutions
for signal input and output for all common
industrial voltages.
Integrated protection circuit
The protective circuit integrated in the
coupling modules, such as a free-wheeling
diode and reverse polarity protection diode
and surge protection elements, provides
protection for the EMG modules and
ensures optimum system availability.
Switching status indication
The switching status is signaled clearly
and visibly via integrated LEDs, giving a good
overview of the coupling level and of the
system.
High switching capacity
Along with your EMG-REL... and
EMG...OV modules, the EMG series
provides coupling elements for high
switching capacities.

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
Relay modules with miniature relays
On the input side, free-wheeling and

polarity protection diodes ensure safe
operation even when connected to
sensitive electronic components. A light
indicator displays the operational status of
the relay.
For the contacts, alternative versions can
be supplied with an N/O, N/C or a PDT.
Rotated EMG 10-REL/KSR...LCU versions
are now available for use where input and
output modules are arranged together. This
means the labeling and the circuit diagram
can be read while the signal direction is
maintained.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green.
H W
D
EMG 10-REL/KSR.../1-LC...
For low or medium to high loads
1 N/O contact (1)
uP
Width 10.6
13
A1
+
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-12
A2
-
Input voltage
UN
Description
14
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LC AU

2940087
2941400
10
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LCU AU
2940362
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-120/1-LC AU
EMG 10-REL/KSR-230/ 1-LC AU
2964461
2964416
10
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LC

2942108
2941303
10
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LCU
2942807
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-120/1-LC
EMG 10-REL/KSR-230/ 1-LC
2964432
2964403
10
10
Relay module with multi-layer contact relay

1
24 V DC
2
60 V DC
Relay module same as before, structure turned by 180
1
24 V DC
3
4
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
Relay module with power contact-relay

1
24 V DC
2
60 V DC
1
24 V DC
3
4
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data

Dimensions
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1

1.1
1.1
1.1
21
10
5
5
7
8
7
7
11
10
11
11
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

AgPd60 5 m hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC )
0.5 A ( 2 A )
0.2 A ( 2 A )
140 W
60 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA
5 W ( 29 W )
- ( 29 W )
- ( 29 W )
-

-20C ... 40C
(in relevant parts), basic insulation
W/H/D
2 / III
10.6 mm / 53.5 mm / 75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
123
INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
Relay modules with miniature
switching relay
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
H W
D
EMG 10-REL/KSR.../2-LC...
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LC

1 N/C contact (2)

1 PDT (21)
uP
Width 10.6
uP
Width 10.6
12
A1
+
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
12
14
11
11
A1
+
AWG
24-12
A2
-
Input voltage
UN
Description
A2
-
11
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2940126
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LC AU

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 48/21-LC AU
2940090
2964225
10
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 2-LCU AU
2940375
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LCU AU
2940388
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR- 48/21-LC AU

2964762
2964458
2964393
10
10
10

1
24 V DC
2
48 V DC
1
24 V DC
2
3
4
48 V AC/DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC

1
24 V DC
2
48 V DC
1
24 V DC
1
2
3
4
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
2942111
10

2942153
2963019
10
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 2-LCU
2940346
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LCU
2940359
10
EMG 10-REL/KSR- 24/21-LC

EMG 10-REL/KSR- 48/21-LC
2942658
2964526
2964445
2964380
10
10
10
10
EMG-SGKS 10
2947585
50
Equipment marker
EMG-SGKS 10
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
250 V AC
General data

Dimensions
124
PHOENIX CONTACT
W/H/D
2947585
50
0.8 1.1
21
7
11
0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 1.1

1.1
1.1
1.1
21
8
5
5
7
7
7
7
11
11
11
11
Single contact, 1 N/C contact

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A
Double contact, 1 N/C contact

30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC )
0.5 A ( 2 A )
0.2 A ( 2 A )

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A
Double contact, 1 PDT

30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC )
0.5 A ( 2 A )
0.2 A ( 2 A )
140 W
1500 VA
5 W ( 29 W )
-
140 W
1500 VA
5 W ( 29 W )
-

-20C ... 40C

-20C ... 40C
2 / III
10.6 mm / 53.5 mm / 75 mm
2 / III
10.6 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
Relay modules with miniature
switching relay
Notes:
Type of housing:
1)
2)
H W
D
H W
D
Varistor only in 120 V and 230 V types

230 V types with AC voltage relays without bridge rectifier
EMG 17-REL/KSR.../21-21-LC...
EMG 22-REL/KSR.../21...

2 PDT (21-21)

1 PDT (21)
uP
Width 17.5
12
14
22
24
A1
Width 22.5
12
14
A1
A1
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
A2
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
A2
24-12
A2
11
Input voltage
UN
Description
21
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
A2
11 11
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 22-REL/KSR- 24/21AU
2947721
10
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU
2949295
10
EMG 22-REL/KSR- 24/21

EMG 22-REL/KSR-120/21
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21
2951885
2951908
2951911
2953964
2952855
10
10
10
10
10
2947035
50
Relay connector with miniature multi-layer contact relay

1
2
3
4
5
6
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
230 V AC2)
EMG 17-REL/KSR- 24/21-21-LC AU

EMG 17-REL/KSR-120/21-21-LC AU
2941439
2941332
2941442
2941455
10
10
10
10
EMG 17-REL/KSR-W230/21-21-LCAU
2941468
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
24 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
230 V AC2)
EMG 17-REL/KSR- 24/21-21-LC

EMG 17-REL/KSR-120/21-21-LC
2940391
2940401
2940414
2940427
10
10
10
10
EMG 17-REL/KSR-W230/21-21-LC
2940430
10
2947035
50
Equipment marker
EMG-GKS 12
1
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
[mA]
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1

1.1
1.1
1.1
18
10
8
6
AgNi
250 V AC/DC

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
EMG-GKS 12
0.85 1.1
4
0.9 0.9 0.8 0.85 - 0.9 1.1

1.1
1.1
1.06
1.06
18
10
8
4
5
LED yellow, bridge rectifier, varistor 1)
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
50 mA ( 5 A )
6A

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V
AC/DC )
50 mA ( 5 A )
120 W
95 W
60 W
40 W
55 W
1250 VA
1.2 W ( 120 W )
- ( 95 W )
- ( 60 W )
- ( 40 W )
- ( 55 W )
- ( 1250 VA )
140 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1500 VA
1.2 W ( 120 W )
- ( 60 W )
- ( 50 W )
- ( 50 W )
- ( 80 W )
- ( 1250 VA )
General data

-20C ... 40C

-20C ... 50C

Dimensions
2 / III
17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm
2 / III
22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm
W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT
125
INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
Hybrid relay modules
These modules are used in cases where

weak signals from process computers or
programmable logic controls must be used
for triggering actuators.
For this purpose, a transistor level on the
input side amplifies the input signal for
driving the integrated miniature switching
relay. The transistor is turned on with the
PLC or process computer signal via the
control input B. The voltage circuit
connected with 24 V via inputs A1 and A2
is activated and the relay picks up.
The control input B can be wired with a
positive or negative signal depending on the
module version. A polarity protection diode
prevents reverse polarity of the 24 V power
supply and provides the basis for faultless
operation of the following relay circuit.
The coil is wired with a free-wheeling
diode which comes into action during the
critical switch-off process. An LED indicates
the switching status of the relay.
The modules are wired reliably via screw
connections with a cable cross-section of
up to 2.5 mm2. The connections can be
labeled on both sides with the equipment
marker.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G24/TRN...
1 PDT (21)
Width 22.5
12
14
A1
+
B+
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
AWG
A2
-
24-12
A2
11
Nominal
control voltage
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35
2949787
2952363
2952350
10
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with

integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents
1
5 V DC
2
12 V DC
3
24 V DC
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents
1
2
3
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
Equipment marker
Technical data
Input data
Relay supply voltage UN 10%
Min. control voltage
Max. control voltage
Min. control current
Max. control current
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
1
[V DC]
[V DC]
[V DC]
[mA]
[mA]
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
General data
126
PHOENIX CONTACT
24
24
24
2.7
5
15
5.25
13.2
35
2.6
0.5
0.5
7.7
1
1
21
21
21
9
9
9
10
10
10
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

Dimensions
120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
-20C ... 50C
W/H/D
2 / III
Any
22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
H W
D
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G24/TRP...
1 PDT (21)
Width 22.5
12
14
A1
+
B-
A2
A2
11
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35
2949790
2952156
2952169
10
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
24
24
24
-2.4
-6.9
-17.5
-5.25 -13.2 -38.5
1.2
0.6
0.6
1.7
1
1.4
21
21
21
9
9
9
10
10
10
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A
120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
-20C ... 50C
2 / III
22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
127
INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
Solid-state power relays EMG-OV
Due to their rugged design, the solidstate relays are used in all areas of
production and process engineering.
Their most important electrical features
are:
Direct control with switching levels from
5 V to 230 V and up to 2 A,
Status display,
Electrical isolation,
EMG-17-OV, short-circuit proof with
indicator LED.
Solid-state relay with AC voltage output
also includes:
Zero voltage switch,
RC protection circuit.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
EMG 10-OV
max. = 1 A
Width 10
Note:
page 180.
13
+
A1
+
13
+
A2
-
14
A2
-
14
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-2.5 24-12
A1
+
AC
DC
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 10-OV- 5DC/24DC/1

EMG 10-OV-110DC/24DC/1
EMG 10-OV-220DC/24DC/1
EMG 10-OV-120AC/24DC/1
EMG 10-OV-230AC/24DC/1
2944203
2944216
2944229
2944232
2944245
2944258
2944261
2944274
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EMG-SGKS 10
2947585
50
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Equipment marker
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Min. load current
Surge current
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[Hz]
128
PHOENIX CONTACT
0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1

1.1
1.1
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.6
0.33 0.21
4.2
4
4.4
500
500
500
Polarity protection
Polarity protection
DC input
5 V DC ... 36 V DC
45 V DC
1A
2 A (t = 1 s)
0.1 ms / 0.2 ms
AC input
25 ms / 25 ms

Phase angle (cos )
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
General data
Dimensions
0.9 1.1
0.9
0.18
4.7
500
0.9 1.1
0.9
0.23
4
500
0.9 1.1
0.9
0.27
3.5
500
0.8 1.1
0.8
0.25
4
10
0.9 1.1
0.45
0.27
4
10
Polarity protection
1V
3.5 kV AC
-20C ... 50C
DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation
W/H/D
10 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
EMG 12-OV
EMG 12-OV
EMG 17-OV

max. = 1 A

max. = 1 A
With short circuit proof DC voltage output

max. = 2 A
Width 12.5
Width 12.5
A1
+
A1
+
13 A1
+ +
13
+
A2
-
14
A2
-
14
14 A2
AC
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 12-OV- 5DC/ 60DC/1

EMG 12-OV- 12DC/ 60DC/1
EMG 12-OV- 24DC/ 60DC/1
EMG 12-OV- 60DC/ 60DC/1
EMG 12-OV-110DC/ 60DC/1
EMG 12-OV-220DC/ 60DC/1
EMG 12-OV-120AC/ 60DC/1
EMG 12-OV-230AC/ 60DC/1
2948720
2948733
2948746
2948759
2948762
2948775
2948788
2948791
EMG-GKS 12
1
2947035
3
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.64 - 0.8 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.64 0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
7
7
7
6.5
6.5
500
500
500
500
300
14
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EMG 12-OV- 5DC/240AC/1

EMG 12-OV- 12DC/240AC/1
EMG 12-OV- 24DC/240AC/1
EMG 12-OV- 60DC/240AC/1
EMG 12-OV-110DC/240AC/1
EMG 12-OV-220DC/240AC/1
EMG 12-OV-120AC/240AC/1
EMG 12-OV-230AC/240AC/1
2948801
2948814
2948827
2948830
2948843
2948856
2948869
2948872
50
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
4.5
300
0.9 1.1
0.9
0.4
4
10
0.8 1.2
0.9
0.4
4
10
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.64 - 0.8 1.1

1.1
1.2
1.1
1.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.64 0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.32 0.4
10
7
6.8
4.5
3
25
25
10
25
25
A1
+ +
A2
-
0 A2
0
AC
DC
Type
A2
AC
DC
Type
A1
+
A2
-
A2
DC
13
13 A1
+
Width 17.5
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

EMG 17-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/2
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/2
EMG 17-OV- 60DC/ 24DC/2
EMG 17-OV-110DC/ 24DC/2
EMG 17-OV-220DC/ 24DC/2
EMG 17-OV-120AC/ 24DC/2
EMG 17-OV-230AC/ 24DC/2
2946780
2946793
2946803
2946816
2946829
2946832
2946845
2946858
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
50
EMG-GKS 12
2
2947035
0.8 1.1
0.8
0.4
3
25
0.8 1.08
0.8
0.36
5.5
10
0.8 1.05
0.8
0.29
3
10
0.8 0.8 0.8 0.64 - 0.8 1.2

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.64 0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.32 0.4
4.5
4.6
3.5
2.1
1.7
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
12 V DC ... 60 V DC
60 V DC
1A
20 s / 200 s
24 V AC ... 280 V AC (50 Hz ... 60 Hz)

600 V
1A
50 mA
125 A (t = 10 ms)
(max. one half cycle - zero-voltage crossing) / (max. one half cycle zero-current crossing)
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
33 V DC
2A
> 2 A (short circuit resistant)
120 s / 230 s
3 ms / 13 ms
24 ms (max. one half cycle - zero-voltage crossing) / (max. one half

cycle - zero-current crossing)
50 ms / 12 ms
1.2 V
3.5 mA
0.5
78 A2s (I2 x t where t = 10 ms)
RC element
1.5 V
150 A
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Polarity protection, free running
0.3 V
3.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101
3.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
Any / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any
2.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
Any / In rows with basic spacing
12.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm
12.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm
17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

50
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
1.7
1000
0.8 1.16
0.8
0.4
2.1
10
0.8 1.2
0.8
0.4
2
10
PHOENIX CONTACT
129
INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
Their most important electrical features

are:
Defined switching levels (TTL/CMOS
logic levels),
Status display,
Electrical isolation,
EMG-17-OV, short-circuit proof with
indicator LED.
Solid-state relay with AC voltage output
also includes:
Zero voltage switch,
RC protection circuit.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
EMG 17-OV
max. = 3 A
Note:
page 180.
Width 17.5
13 A1
+ +
A2
A2
13
+
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-2.5 24-12
A1
+
A2
14 A2
14
AC
DC
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-OV- 12DC/ 60DC/3
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 60DC/3
EMG 17-OV- 60DC/ 60DC/3
EMG 17-OV-110DC/ 60DC/3
EMG 17-OV-220DC/ 60DC/3
EMG 17-OV-120AC/ 60DC/3
EMG 17-OV-230AC/ 60DC/3
2954138
2954141
2954154
2954167
2954170
2954183
2954196
2954206
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Equipment marker
EMG-GKS 12
Technical data
Input data

Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Auxiliary voltage
Auxiliary current
Output data
Min. load current
Surge current

Phase angle (cos )
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
General data
Dimensions
130
PHOENIX CONTACT
2947035
1 signal ("H")
0.8
0.8
0.8
0 signal ("L")
0.4
0.4
0.4
[mA]
[Hz]
0.64 0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
4.5
300
4
10
4
10
0.4
7
7
7
6.5
5.5
500
500
500
500
300
-
DC input
12 V DC ... 60 V DC
60 V DC
3A
20 s / 200 s
AC input
3 ms / 13 ms
1.2 V
W/H/D
3.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

50
INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
H W
D
H W
D
H W
D
EMG 17-OV
EMG 17-OV-TTL
EMG 10-OE

max. = 3 A

max. = 2 A

max. = 100 mA
Width 17.5
A1
13 +
A2
-
A2
-
A2
14 A2
IN
13
T
A1
+
Width 17.5
14
A1
+
+ A1
A2
-
A A2
&
5V
+
AC
DC
AC
DC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-OV- 5DC/240AC/3

EMG 17-OV- 12DC/240AC/3
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/240AC/3
EMG 17-OV- 60DC/240AC/3
EMG 17-OV-110DC/240AC/3
EMG 17-OV-220DC/240AC/3
EMG 17-OV-120AC/240AC/3
EMG 17-OV-230AC/240AC/3
2954219
2954222
2954235
2954248
2954251
2954264
2954277
2954280
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
Width 10
2947035
50
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-OV-TTL/ 24DC/2
2943259
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 10-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100

EMG 10-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100
EMG 10-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100
EMG 10-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100
EMG 10-OE-110DC/ 48DC/100
EMG 10-OE-220DC/ 48DC/100
EMG 10-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100
EMG 10-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100
2948885
2948898
2948908
2948911
2948924
2948937
2948940
2948953
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.64
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.32
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
3.2
10
3
10
TTL
(2 V)
TTL
(0.8
V)
2.6
1000
4
500
4.8
10
3.5
10
4.2
4.1
3.6
6
3.6
4.7
25
25
25
25
25
25
-
Polarity protection, surge protection, free running

5 V DC 20%
2.8 mA
12
10
8.5
7.5
4.5
500
500
500
500
500
-
48 V AC ... 280 V AC (50 Hz ... 60 Hz)

600 V
3A
50 mA
160 A (t = 10 ms)
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
33 V DC
2A
170 s / 190 s
4 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
20 s / 100 s
-/-
10 ms / 10 ms
4 mA (in off state)

0.5
128 A2s (I2 x t where t = 10 ms)
RC element, surge protection
1V
150 A
Polarity protection, free-wheeling diode
0.3 V
0.9 V
3.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
Horizontal / In rows with zero spacing
17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm
2.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm
3.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
10 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
131
INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays
Switch/relay terminal block

DEK-REL-24/1/S
The functions "Manual", "0", "Automatic"
are provided in a 6.2 mm narrow relay
terminal block.
Interference-free relay and solid-state
relay interfaces
Coupled interference voltages on the coil
lines or leakage currents can cause
malfunctions in conventional modules.
These special interface modules, equipped
with high switching thresholds and/or
effective filters, ensure good functioning.
Relay interfaces for switching lamp
loads
ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL...
Lamp loads and capacitive consumers
produce extremely high inrush currents
which weld conventional relay contacts. To
prevent this, Phoenix Contact uses an arcresistant contact optimized for these
applications, which keeps these peaks under
control.
132
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pluggable solid-state power relays

ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3
The output of this component,
dimensioned with a peak reverse voltage of
800 V, allows, for example, 230 V motors to
be driven in simple reversible mode.
Power circuit breaker solid-state
relay, with signal logic
These modules combine the features of a
short circuit proof power solid-state relay
and those of a thermomagnetic protection
element.
100-kHz input solid-state relay
DEK-OE-...100KHZ
Input solid-state relay for reliable
transmission of high frequency signals of the
type that occur with, for example,
incremental encoders.
Electronic sensor terminal block for

NAMUR proximity sensors
For converting the changeable resistance
of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that
can be read by a PLC.
Inverter module DEK-TR/INV
Module for converting NPN outputs to
PNP outputs and PNP to NPN.
Logic pulse expansion module
UEGM-OE/AV
Input signals can be extended from 10 to
1500 ms.
Remanence relay
Bistable relay with one connection each
to "Set" and "Reset".

INTERFACE Relay
Relay terminal block with
DEK-REL-24/1/S switch
The relay module DEK-REL-24/1/S
provides the functions "Manual", "0",
"Automatic" over a design width of just
6.2 mm. Further advantages:
Neutral, space-saving interface in the
terminal strip between the automation
device and peripheral components
Simple interface testing and fast startup
with switching status indication via LED
for each circuit
Labeling and mounting with modular
terminal block convenience
Possibility of combination with standard
modular terminal blocks in a terminal
strip
2-layer contact with hard gold plating for
universal applications.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
DEK-REL-24/1/S
1 N/O contact (1)
uP
Width 6.2
A
13
H
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-14
A2
Input voltage
UN
Description
Relay terminal block with a miniature relay and an integrated

"Manual", "0", "Automatic" switch
1
24 V AC/DC
Cover
Insertion bridge
Divisible
Divisible
No. of pos.
2
3
4
5
10
2
3
4
5
10
80
80
80
Color
red
red
red
red
red
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
red
white
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL- 24/1/S
2964131
10
D-DEK 1,5 GN
2716949
50
EB 2- DIK RD
EB 3- DIK RD
EB 4- DIK RD
EB 5- DIK RD
EB 10- DIK RD
EB 2- DIK BU
EB 3- DIK BU
EB 4- DIK BU
EB 5- DIK BU
EB 10- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
2716693
2716745
2716758
2716761
2716774
2716648
2716651
2716664
2716677
2716680
2715940
2715953
2715788
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
0.8 1.1
6.5
5
15
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
5A
1 mA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Dimensions
Type
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
14
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
-20C ... 50C
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/VDE 0435
W/H/D
6.2 mm / 61 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
133
INTERFACE Relay
Interface components against
interference on the control side
Interference voltages that are coupled on
the feed lines of the control side can result
in relays or solid-state relays not switching
off reliably in spite of the low signal of the
control unit.
The ...SO46 series is developed especially
for this case and improves the
disconnection performance considerably in
spite of the interference currents.
The components are available in a
modular or pluggable design.
Note:
page 180.
H W
D
H W
D
ST-REL 3-KG.../21/SO46
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230.../SO46

1 PDT (21)

1 PDT (21)
Width 20.8
12
11
Width 22.5
14
12
14
A1
+
A1
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
AWG
A2
-
24-12
A2
11 11
A1
A2
Input voltage
UN
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
2
3
24 V AC/DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46
2826091
2833026
2832027
1
2
3
24 V AC/DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46
URELG 3
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46
2940760
10
2826981
2829797
2826266
10
10
10
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46
2940061
10
2820136
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover
Equipment marker
1
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Dimensions
134
PHOENIX CONTACT
W/H/D
0.9 0.85 - 0.9 1.1

1.1
1.1
26
19
18
8
8
10
10
11
8
LED yellow, bridge rectifier, surge protection
0.9 1.1
18
10
8
LED yellow, bridge rectifier, surge protection

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

Gold (Au)
30 V AC / 36 V DC
0.5 A
0.2 A

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC )
0.5 A ( 2 A )
0.2 A ( 2 A )
140 W
60 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA
5W
-
95 W
50 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA
5W
-
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 50C
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft,
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)

-20C ... 40C
Any
20.8 mm / 112 mm / 42.5 mm
Any
22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

INTERFACE Relay
Notes:
Type of housing:
ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray,
hood green
EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green.
H W
D
H W
D
DEK-OE-230AC/48DC/100/SO46
EMG 17-OV.../48DC/2

max. = 100 mA

max. = 2 A
Width 6.2
A1
A1
+
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-2.5 24-12
Width 17.5
A2
-
A2
A2
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46
2964678
10
A1
+
+
A
A2
-
A2
DC
AC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2

EMG 17-OV-230AC/ 48DC/2
2942810
2942823
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50

1
2
24 V DC
230 V AC
Equipment marker
2
Technical data
Input data
Switching level
1 signal ("H") [V DC]

0 signal ("L") [V DC]
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
0.9 1.1
207
92
2.5
4.4
14
5
LED yellow, surge protection, RC element
0.8 0.8 1.2

1.1
16.8
180
16
155
8
9
0.02
25
0.2
35
300
3
Polarity protection
Polarity protection

Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. inrush current
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
Polarity protection, free running
0.9 V
48 V DC
12 V DC
2A
5 A (t = 1 s)
1.1 V
2.5 kV AC
0C ... 50C

2 / III
3.5 kV AC
-10C ... 55C
DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, IEC 65 (Sec) 68, reinforced
insulation
2 / III
- / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm
Dimensions
W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT
135
INTERFACE Relay
Relay modules for high inrush
currents
The Phoenix Contact relay modules of
the type SO 38 have been designed for
switching electrical equipment with high
inrush currents.
Areas of application are:
Inductive loads (motors, power
contactors etc.)
Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent
lamps etc.)
Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters).
The module is based on a relay with a
special arc-resistant tungsten lead contact.
This takes over the high inrush and
interrupting current capacitively. The
inductive main contact made of AgCdO
takes over the continuous current up to
10 A reliably. With the model EMG 17REL...2E/SO38, this switching capacity is
reached using a power relay with a set of
silver tin oxide (AgSnO) contacts.
The module is available in two versions:
Modular, rail-mountable housing EMG
with a constructional width of 17.5 mm,
Convenient plug-in housing ST-REL from
the Phoenix ST series for mounting on
the basic terminal blocks URELG or
UDK-RELG.
Further features are:
Snap-on mounting on the common EN
rails,
Easy maintenance,
Clear labeling of the terminal blocks using
Phoenix Contact marking material.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black.
H W
D
ST-REL 3-KG24/1/SO38
Medium to high power
1 N/O contact (1)
Width 20.8
13
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-12
A1
Description
14
Input voltage
UN
A2
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38
2829564
10
URELG 3
2820136
10
Relay module with power contact-relay + wolfram lead contact

1
24 V DC
Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for
manual, automatic
1
24 V DC
Equipment marker
1
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
1 N/O contact with lead contact

Main contact, silver cadmium oxide (AgCdO): Lead contact,
wolfram
250 V AC
10 A
80 A (20 ms)

Max. inrush current
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
136
PHOENIX CONTACT
2500 VA
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min)
-20C ... 50C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft
Dimensions
0.85 1.1
28
13
15
LED yellow, free-wheeling diode
- / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing

W/H/D
20.8 mm / 112 mm / 42.5 mm

INTERFACE Relay
H W
D
H W
D
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G24/SO38
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G24/2E/SO38

1 N/O contact (1)

1 N/O contact (1)
uP
Width 17.5
Width 17.5
13
13
14
14
A1
+
A2
-
13
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK
2949994
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38
2941646
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
0.85 1.1
28
13
15
LED yellow, free-wheeling diode
0.9 1.1
23
9
10
Automatic: LED yellow, Manual: LED red, free-wheeling diode,
polarity protection
1 N/O contact with lead contact

Main contact, silver cadmium oxide (AgCdO): Lead contact,
wolfram
250 V AC
10 A
80 A (20 ms)

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
10 A
120 A (20 ms)
2500 VA
240 W
120 W
85 W
70 W
90 W
2500 VA

-20C ... 50C
Approx. 107 cycles

-20C ... 50C
3 x 107 cycles
Any
Any
17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm
17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
137
INTERFACE Relay
ST-OV 3
The pluggable power solid-state relay
ST-OV 3 is used for the electrical isolation
and amplification of low-capacity signals, e.g.
from PLC output modules.
Due to the 400 V AC/3 A power output,
the Phoenix power solid-state relay also
allows 230 V motors to be driven in simple
reversible mode (e.g. synchronous motor in
single-phase mode, see illustration). In this
case, voltage values above the nominal
voltage (230 V AC) occur at the motor and
therefore also at the solid-state relay
output, which overstress the standard
outputs.
The ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3 therefore
extends the range of solid-state relays to
include an important area of application.
The pluggable version of the module
provides all the advantages of the ST series,
such as:
Simple, quick assembly on the basis of
proven modular terminal technology (e.g.
basic terminal block URELG 3),
Work is kept to a minimum with high
flexibility for initiating, testing and
exchanging the modules.
Notes:
Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color:
bottom part gray, hood green
Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the
optocoupler should not be connected.
AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3
max. = 3 A
Width 20.8
13
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-4
24-12
I
[A]
14
U
[V]
A1
+
Input voltage
UN
Description
Note:
Derating curve see page 180.
H W
D
A2
-
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3
2905417
10
URELG 3
2820136
10

1
24 V DC
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage
Min. load current
Surge current
Output protection
General data
Dimensions
138
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[Hz]
0.8
0.4
7
10
LED yellow, polarity protection, RC element
400 V AC
24 V AC ... 420 V AC
800 V
3A
50 mA
125 A (t = 10 ms)
1.2 V
Approx. 12 mA
Surge protection, RC element
2.5 kV AC
0C ... 60C
W/H/D
2 / III
Horizontal DIN rail / 20.8 mm / 112 mm / 42.5 mm

INTERFACE Relay
Power protection circuit solid-state
relay with signal logic
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO
The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection
and monitoring functions that are
otherwise only known from
thermomagnetic protection elements.
The PROtect modules have the following
features:
Fast disconnection with short circuits and
simultaneous current limitation,
Time-dependent overload disconnection
for reliable protection against continuous
overloads. Brief inrush peaks are ignored.
After an overload or short-circuit has
been triggered, a defined reset of the
control voltage must be carried out. This
results in reliable protection of the
interrupted system part against undesired
restarting,
Reliable recognition and indication of a
line break on the load side,
Electrically isolated acknowledgment of
an error status.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green
For load current diagram, see page 181.
H W
D
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO
max. = 1 A or 4 A
Width 27
A2
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-4
24-12
A1
Note:
For derating curve, time/current
characteristic curves and status diagram,
refer to page 181.
T
Description
Output current
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO

UDK-RELG 4
2905572
2905585
2777056
10
10
10

24 V DC 50%
8.5 V DC
5 V DC
6.5 mA
100 Hz
1 ms
Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic

1A
4A
Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage
Switching level
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")

Reset period after short-circuit / overload shut down
Input circuit
Output data signaling contact / CONTROL
Output protection
Output circuit
Output data load contact
Min. load current
Open circuit alarm with load current
Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current)
Short-circuit disconnection
Output protection
Output circuit
General data
Test voltage output/output
Dimensions
LED yellow, polarity protection diode

5 V DC ... 36 V DC
50 mA
1.5 V
Polarity protection diode
18 V DC ... 36 V DC
1A
4A
1 mA
300 mV
200 mV
< 100 A
100 ms (see the time-current characteristic curve)
< 200 s (see the time-current characteristic curve)
Approx. 25 A
Approx. 70 A
300 s / 700 s
LED red, damping diode
2.5 kV AC
2.5 kV AC
0C ... 60C
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 A / DIN VDE 0110 / Basic insulation
W/H/D

27 mm / 114 mm / 63.5 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
139
INTERFACE Relay
100 kHz input solid-state relay
DEK-OE
Solid-state relays must fulfill certain
requirements for each application. The
most important is electrical isolation of the
input signal from the output. Another factor
can be the transmission rate.
If very high transmission frequencies, i.e.
very short signal sequences, are to be
conveyed and evaluated, standard input and
output solid-state relays are often
insufficient.
The Phoenix input solid-state relay
DEK-OE 100 KHZ works up to a limit
frequency of 100 kHz. This ensures that
even very short pulses can be recorded
"reliably" in a square-wave form that can be
evaluated.
The input solid-state relay DEK-OE.../100KHZ-G is a particularly interesting
version. It is designed with a push-pull stage
on the output side. This variant is used
when signal inputs must be made to PLC
meter cards that are provided with a
capacitor on the input side (for interference
suppression).
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
DEK-OE-...DC/24DC/100KHZ
Transmission frequency 100 kHz
Width 6.2
A1
+
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-2.5 24-12
A2
-
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
2964270
2964283
10
10

1
2
5 V DC
24 V DC
Technical data
Input data
Input protection:
Output data
Quiescent current
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Dimensions
140
PHOENIX CONTACT
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")
[mA]
[s]
[s]
[kHz]
0.8 0.8 1.2

1.2
0.8
0.8
0.4
0.4
7
6
1.5
1.5
2
2
100
100
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
4.3 mA
0.5 V DC
Surge protection
2.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
W/H/D
2 / II
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

INTERFACE Relay
H W
D
H W
D
DEK-OE-...DC/5DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE-...DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
With DC voltage output push-pull

With DC voltage output push-pull

Width 6.2
A1
+
Width 6.2
A1
+
A2
-
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964542
2964364
10
10
A2
-
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.

2964555
2964348
10
10
0.5 0.8 1.2

1.2
0.5
0.8
0.3
0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
0.5 0.8 1.2

1.2
0.5
0.8
0.3
0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
1.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection
14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
2.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection
2.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
2.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
2 / II
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
2 / II
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
141
INTERFACE Relay
The electronic sensor terminal block,
EIK 1-SVN 24-P from Phoenix converts the
changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor
unit into a digital signal that can be read by
all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an
integrated LED and switches the output to
0 V.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the EIK 1-SVN 24-P can be used to monitor
all mechanical switches (N/C contact or
N/O contact) for short circuits and/or wire
break (see Application 2).
Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch,
Defined recognition and evaluation of the
analog sensor signal,
Monitoring of the sensor line for short
circuits and strand breakage; a fault is
signalized by the LED red,
Status display (high signal) via LED green,
24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls,
Bridging and marking with standard
terminal accessories.
Note:
For derating curve and applications, refer
to page 181.
Notes:
Type of housing:
EIK 1-SVN 24 P
For inductive proximity sensors acc. to NAMUR
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
OUT
AWG
24V
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
24-12
0V
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for inductive

proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor
signal and faults
Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on
NS 35...
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
EIK1-SVN-24P
2940799
10
DIKD 1,5
2715979
50
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
2941662
50
Insertion bridge
EB...-DIK...
Ordering data at DEK-REL...
18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve)
Ripple
Current consumption IImax
Input circuit
Control circuit
Non-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:
in acc. with DIN 19240

70 mA (at 50 mA output current)
LED green, polarity protection diode
8.2 V DC 10%
2.1 mA (in conductive state)
1.2 mA (in blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (in the event of a wire break)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Approx. 1 k
visual short circuit and wire break control with LED (red), 12 V Zener
diode
Switching hysteresis
Internal resistance
Output protection
Signal output
Max. output current IOmax
Residual voltage UR with IOmax
Output voltage UO
PHOENIX CONTACT
Terminal width 6.2
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN
142
H W
D
50 mA
1.5 V (UR)
100 mV (in conductive state)
UVN - UR (in blocking state)
36 V Zener diode as free-wheeling diode
Output protection
General data
Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT)
Input pulse length
Input pause length
- Air and creepage distances
-25C ... 50C

1 kHz
0.5 ms
0.5 ms
- discharge of static electricity
NE 21 Part 1 (12.90) "Interference immunity requirements (EMC)"
- transient disturbance variables (burst)
NE 21 Part 1 (12.90) "Interference immunity requirements (EMC)"

Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
2 / III
Any
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm
IEC 664 / IEC 664 A / IEC 664 A / Basic insulation
W/H/D

INTERFACE Relay
The Phoenix inverter module,

DEK-TR/INV, inverts the signals of ground
switching NPN transistor outputs into
positive switching PNP outputs, and vice
versa (see application example).
The module is operated with a voltage of
24 V DC, whereby it must be guaranteed
that transistor outputs (e.g. initiators,
computer cards etc.) can be adapted to the
common operating and control devices.
The small housing width means that the
inverter module can be snapped onto the
commercially available EN 60715 DIN rails,
thus saving space.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
DEK-TR/INV
uP
Terminal width 6.2
Note:
For connection examples, see page 181.
NPN
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
AWG
24-12
PNP
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Inverter module
DEK-TR/INV
2964319
10
Technical data
Supply voltage
Continuous current
Residual voltage drop
Leakage current
Max. transmission frequency
NPN input/PNP output
Switch-on threshold
Switch-off threshold
Min. limit values
Max. limit values
Control circuit
Switch-on threshold
Switch-off threshold
Min. limit values
Max. limit values
General data

Dimensions
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV)
200 mA
<1V
< 1 mA
15 kHz
< 5 V (at UV = 24 V; < (UV - 19 V))
> 15 V (at UV = 24 V; > (UV - 9 V))
-2 V
26 V (at U V = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
> 19 V
<9V
-2 V
26 V (at U V = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
W/H/D
-20C ... 50C

IEC 60664
IEC 60664 A
DIN VDE 0110-1
Basic insulation
2 / II
Any
6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
143
INTERFACE Relay
UEGM-OE/AV
This logic module records pulses with a
duration > 0.1 ms.
Further features:
Electrical isolation of signals using solidstate relays,
Expansion times from 10 ms to 1,500 ms;
If input signals are present longer than the
set output pulse time, the output pulse is
automatically extended to the duration of
the input pulse.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
max. = 100 mA
Attention:
COMBICON connection plugs can be
ordered separately.
Note:
For time diagrams and output pulse
lengths, refer to page 181.
Housing width 25
24V
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
UE+
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
UE-
24-12
GND
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Description
Type
Order No.
Pulse expansion module, without COMBICON connector
UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
2766850
COMBICON connector
MSTBT 2,5/12-ST-5,08
1781085
50

Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
PHOENIX CONTACT
VCC
UA
Technical data
Input
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Input circuit
Input pulse through optocoupler (UI)
Current consumption
Input circuit
Minimum pulse length
Output
Supply voltage
Output current
Output protection
Output pulse via optocoupler
General data
Precision
144
0V
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V, 0 V)
Approx. 16 mA
Polarity protection diode, surge protection
24 V DC (20%)
6 mA
RC element
0.1 ms
3 V DC ... 48 V DC (VCC, GND)
100 mA
Polarity protection diode, damping diode
1.4 V
W/H/D
1 kV
Set time t 10%
0C ... 55C
IEC 60664
IEC 60664 A
DIN VDE 0110
Basic insulation
2 / III
Any
25 mm / 85 mm / 79 mm

INTERFACE Relay
Relay modules with remanence
miniature switching relay
This bistable remanence relay with a
duplex winding provides a connection for
"setting" and a connection for "resetting".
Due to control by linear pulses, the
module has the advantage that it hardly
heats up.
H W
D
H W
D
Notes:
Type of housing:
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses
then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service
life than with a pure power contact.
EMG 17-REL/SG-B.../21/M
EMG 17-REL/SG-B.../21/P
For small to large loads

1 PDT (21)
For small to large loads

1 PDT (21)
Width 17.5
12
solid
Connection data
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-4
0.2-2.5
A1
+
A2
-
A2
+
24-12
Input voltage
UN
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-REL/SG-B 24/21/M

2952910
2953935
2953948
10
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
[ms]
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. inrush current
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
W/H/D
A3
-
11
Type
Technical data
Input data
Dimensions
14
AWG
Relay module with remanence relay, with diode wiring,

negative switching (M)
1
24 V DC
2
48 V DC
3
60 V DC
Relay module with remanence relay, with diode wiring, positive
switching (P)
1
24 V DC
2
48 V DC
3
60 V DC
Equipment marker
Pulse time
12
14
A1
-
A3
+
Description
Width 17.5
2947035
50
11
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EMG 17-REL/SG-B 24/21/P

2956411
2946654
2947491
10
10
10
EMG-GKS 12
2947035
50
0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1

1.1
1.1
30 30 30 5000 5000 5000
Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection
0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1

1.1
1.1
30 30 30 5000
5000
5000
Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection

(AgAu)
24 V AC/DC ( 250 V AC/DC )
0.5 A ( 5 A )
0.2 A ( 6 A )

(AgAu)
24 V AC/DC ( 250 V AC/DC )
0.5 A ( 5 A )
0.2 A ( 6 A )
5 W ( 120 W )
- ( 40 W )
- ( 35 W )
- ( 30 W )
- ( 55 W )
- ( 1250 VA )
5 W ( 120 W )
- ( 40 W )
- ( 35 W )
- ( 30 W )
- ( 55 W )
- ( 1250 VA )

-20C ... 50C
100% operating factor (observe max. input pulse length)
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

-20C ... 50C
100% operating factor (observe max. input pulse length)
DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160
17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
145
INTERFACE Relay
SMS relay modules
The features at a glance:

SMS status query of all inputs and outputs
SMS remote control of the outputs
Message via SMS in case of status change
at the input
Alarming in case of voltage failure via SMS
Easy configuration on the PC without
programming knowledge
Max. 5 recipients per SMS
Installation component device as per
DIN 43880
Possible areas of application for the
PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL are:
Machine, building and system monitoring
Pumps, sewage treatment plants, water
supply
Light controllers, remote switching
systems
Lifts, doors
Alarm and domestic engineering
Climate and ventilation engineering
Temperature monitoring
59,5
88
4,5
28
45
81,6
19
90
The PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL is a
compact control and signaling system. Six
digital or as analog or digital configurable
inputs and four relay outputs with PDT
contacts are monitored and controlled via
SMS over any GSM mobile network. The
integrated telephone book saves up to 50
telephone numbers of SMS recipients.
Every status change at the input sends a
freely definable message to the selected
recipient via SMS. The outputs can be
switched off via SMS with the help of a predefined message. An error can thus be
remotely acknowledged and eliminated.
The status of inputs and outputs can be
requested for obtaining an overview about
the status of the system.
The relay outputs can be switched for a
pre-defined time and then return to the
output status.
Unauthorized access is excluded with the
integrated password protection.
Setup and configuration of PSI-MODEMSMS-REL is done with the delivered
configuration software. All settings can be
easily and conveniently configured in this
way; programming knowledge is not
required.
SMS-Relay
4
75
SMS remote and signaling system with six inputs and four relay
outputs
48,5
Terminal width 88
Description
Voltage UN
Order No.
110 V AC ...
240 V AC
SMS relay with six analog or digital configurable inputs and four
relay outputs
PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/6 DI/4DO/AC
2313513
12 V DC ...
48 V DC
GSM quad band antenna, with omnidirectional characteristic,
2 m antenna cable with SMA round connector, protection type:
IP65, dimensions: 76 x 20 mm
PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/6ADI/4DO/DC
2313520
PSI-GSM-QB-ANT
2313135
CM-KBL-RS232/USB
2881078
110 V AC ... 240 V AC

10 mA
12 V DC ... 48 V DC
15 mA
Digital: 6 x UN,
switching threshold 85 V AC
Analog: -
Digital: 6 x UN,
switching threshold 9.5 V DC
Analog: 0 - 10 V
SMS relay with six digital inputs and four relay outputs
Connection cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage
Nominal current consumption
Input data
Switching input
Output data
Contact type
GSM
Frequencies
Single contact, 4x1 PDT contact

250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) / 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) /
1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) / 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM))
SIM interface
Antenna connection
General data
Electromagnetic compatibility
Dimensions
3 volt SIM card

50 impedance SMA antenna socket
W/H/D
-25C ... 55C

Conformance with R&TTE directive 1999/5/EEC
88 mm / 60 mm / 90 mm
SMS
Input
GSM Status
SMS
Output
IN
GSM Status
Output
PSM MODEM SMS RELAY
PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/AS/6DI/4DO
Ord.No.: 23 13 513
PHOENIX CONTACT
PSM MODEM SMS RELAY

PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/AS/6DI/4DO
Ord.No.: 23 13 513
Output 1...4
230V / 10A
OUT
Input
146
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Output 1...4
230V / 10A

INTERFACE Relay

PHOENIX CONTACT
147
INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON Power electronics
Displays
Depending on the
device type, operating
voltage, switching status
and confirmations are
displayed via the
integrated LEDs. Some
modules from the family
of devices with motor management also
show all relevant electric data, errors and
messages via an LC display.
High switching capacity

The following modules
I
are available:
Single-channel:
660 V AC to 50 A
Three-channel:
575 V AC to 37 A
U
Three-channel
reversing circuits: 575 V AC to 37 A
Single-channel reversing load relays for
DC motors, 24 V DC 2/6 A.
Motor management
These devices the
P
combination of wear-free
semiconductor switches and
integrated measuring
technology switch and
protect motors and the
t
entire system to the same
extent; with special modules, this is also
possible in Ex areas!
Devices with "measuring/monitoring
technology only" (for all performance
classes), software and bus gateways round
off the product range.
Approvals
Depending on the
DIN EN 50178
device type, important
(VDE 0160)
approvals, for e.g. safe
E
isolation in accordance
with DIN EN 50178
A
(VDE 0160) or the ATEX
approval "PTB 03 ATEX
3114", are available and standard.
Protective circuits
All devices contain the
necessary protective
circuits such as polarity
protection diodes, RCV
circuits, internal locking of
the inputs and surge
protection. Even
heatsinks (when necessary) are a part of the
"complete device".
For all loads and motors

Power electronic
units are used where
switching occurs
frequently or where
particularly safe and
precise switching is
required: e.g. in case of
control valves, production machines,
heaters, conveyor systems, lighting units
etc.
148
PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON - Power electronics
Power within limits

Monitoring through freely
programmable switching and signaling
thresholds for overload and underload
detection. The thresholds can be set
identically or separately for both directions
of rotation. The consumed real power
(calculated with three currents, voltages
and the phase angle) is used for
parameterization, thus offering a much
more precise basis, independent of voltage
fluctuations and drive load, than when only
the current is taken into consideration. If a
switching threshold is exceeded or fallen
below, the ELR-MM or EMM initiates an
emergency shutdown of the motor
immediately (or after an adjustable "delay
time"). In addition, a message about an
output can be delivered.
This state can only be deactivated using
a defined reset. If the effective power
consumed is determined as being above or
below the signaling thresholds, only one
feedback is transmitted for the duration for
which the module was triggered.
In addition, signals are generated by the
module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signalized.
Pumps
Milling, drilling, grinding
Inrush suppression
Delay time
Excess performance due

to possible tool breakage
Performance threshold
for tool breakage
Increase in performance
due to tool wear
Signaling threshold for

tool wear
Real power (P)
Real power (P)
Electronic motor management EMM

The electronic motor management
modules offer all the advantages of modern
real power monitoring.
The ELR-MM is a combination of fast,
wear-free electronic reversing load relays
and modern measurement and evaluation
electronics. The EMM offers the same
functions for all performance classes;
however, without a power section.
Top performance
threshold
Temporary dry run
Signaling threshold
for contamination of
screen or filter
Performance
Bottom performance
threshold
No-load power
Time (t)
Inrush suppression
Delay time
Time
(t)
Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive switch-off
Continuous dry run with
forced-switch-off
Permanent status monitoring with high

scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch make it possible to protect the entire
system, including the motor.
Without any extra wiring with just
one single device pumps, actuating drives,
fans and tools are monitored with respect
to function, contamination (filter or similar)
and wear. The adjustable "inrush
suppression" time can be used to mask out
the switching operation from the monitoring
process.
Machine tools are monitored and
protected in a similar way during drilling,
milling or grinding. If the feed value set on a
milling machine is too high, a tool may break
in the worst case. The performance
threshold parameterized accordingly
remedies this matter.
A signaling threshold also signals tool
wear in advance.
Performance
Bottom performance
threshold
Time (t)
In the case of motor-driven pumps, the

bottom performance threshold provides
reliable protection against dangerous dry
running. The forced switch-off of the drive
can be delayed by the "delay time", thus
preventing a reaction to any air bubbles that
might be present in the system.
Fans are monitored for drive belt
breakage in the same manner.
Here, the upper performance threshold
reacts quickly and reliably to blockages by
foreign objects. An additional signaling
threshold enables, e.g. monitoring for
contaminated filters or imminent damage to
the bearings.

PHOENIX CONTACT
149
INTERFACE Relay
D
D
H
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12
I
[A]
U
[V]
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Digital
IN
O1
O2
O3
O4
Digital
OUT
USO
O
Description
IFSPort
IFSPort
US
DAT
ERR
Reset
Reset
L
R
Logic
P
T-BUS
24 VDC
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Thermistor
Th1
Th2
Type
Order No.
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS
2297497
2297507
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
DAT
24 VDC
EMM 3-.../500AC-16
Electronic motor management, with integrated current transformers
EMM 3-.../500AC
Electronic motor management for use of external current
transformers
US
solid
ERR
The motor management EMM

(with/without current transformers) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads such as electrical drives.
Freely parameterizable message and
switching thresholds can be constantly
monitored for overload and underload by
means of active power measurement.
Digital outputs enable the controlling of
external switching elements. Optional link
to INTERFACE system and PROFIBUSGATEWAY-IFS via T-BUS.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Digital
IN
O1
O2
O3
O4
Digital
OUT
Logic
P
USO
O
T-BUS
V1
V2
V3
I11
I21
I31
I12
I22
I32
Thermistor
Th1
Th2
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS
2297523
2297536
1
1
2811271
2811271
Programming adapter with USB interface, for programming with

the IFS-CONF software
DIN rail connector T-BUS
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
2707437
50
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
2707437
50
Mini COMBICON connectors

- Female contact
- Male contact
IMC 1,5/ 5-G-3,81

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
1862603
1857919
50
50
IMC 1,5/ 5-G-3,81

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
1862603
1857919
50
Technical data
Input data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
25 mA
10 mA
LED green / LED yellow right rotation (R), LED yellow left rotation
(L), LED green data communication / LED red
25 mA
10 mA
LED green / LED yellow right rotation (R), LED yellow left rotation
(L), LED green data communication / LED red
Thermistor input
Input data of digital inputs
Number of inputs
Rated actuating voltage UC
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input
Nominal current, voltage measuring input
Current measuring input
Output power of the converter
Internal resistance EMM
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal
1 - 6 thermistors in series
4 (IN1 - IN4)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
230 V AC
3.3 mA
3.5 mA
1 - 6 thermistors in series
4 (IN1 - IN4)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
230 V AC
3.3 mA
3.5 mA
42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02
42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02
42 V AC ... 575 V AC
Max. 16 A
-
42 V AC ... 575 V AC
Max. 16 A
-
24 V DC (short-circuit-proof
semiconductor output) / 500 mA
230 V AC (relay output; Ag alloy,

hard gold-plated) / 500 mA
24 V DC (short-circuit-proof
semiconductor output) / 500 mA
230 V AC (relay output; Ag alloy,

hard gold-plated) / 500 mA
General data
Rated surge voltage
Power station requirements
EMC regulations
Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
150
PHOENIX CONTACT
W/H/D
500 V
8 kV
8 kV
-25C ... 70C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail
22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
500 V
8 kV
8 kV
-25C ... 70C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

INTERFACE Relay
L1
Current measurement
Voltage
measurement
EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS
S1/k
P1
S2/l
P2
S1/k
I31
I11
I21
V3
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
V1
Digital
inputs
Module
power supply
US
V2
5/L3
1/L1
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
3/L2
US
L3
Digital
inputs
Module
power supply
L2
Current
measurement
EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS
S2/l
Power supply
Digital
outputs
Reverse running
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Separate switching module
Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND
P1
S2/l
P2
I32
I12
Thermistor
input
Reverse running
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

GND
The electronic motor management

modules offer all the advantages of modern
effective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms,
the effective power of a drive system or of
any other 3-phase consumer is calculated
from three currents, voltages and the phase
angle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied
via external converters. Digital outputs can
be used to control separate mechanical or
electronic switching elements that adopt
the actual switching of the load. In this
configuration, the EMM reliably protects
connected loads irrespective of their
power consumption against overload and
underload, and provides permanent status
monitoring.
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,
message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the
system.
I22
Th2
Th1
O1 O2 O3 O4
Digital
outputs
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
Th1
Th2
O USO
Thermistor
input
Digital
outputs
Power supply
Digital
outputs
O1 O2 O3 O4
P2
S1/k
Current
measurement
Current measurement
O USO
P1
The EMM modules can record the

following data:
Apparent, effective and reactive power,
Currents and voltages,
Phase angle,
Switching-cycle and operating-hours,
Power meter.
Additional Functions:
Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
Thermistor monitor
Recording measured values
Profibus connection via TBUS
Pre-configured motor exits such as
reversing starters, star delta starters, etc.
The EMM modules can be used to record
complete "curves" that can be used for
system documentation.
The operating modes right and left
rotation, reverse and limit switch operation
(with integrated restart inhibit) switch
actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc.
and also check for wear.
Current transformer
The external converters should be
selected with a secondary nominal current
of 5 A. The primary current is determined
by the current consumption of the
consumer (refer to connection diagram).
For suitable current transformers, see
catalog INTERFACE.
The T-BUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
or to connect up to 32 EMMs to the
PROFIBUS gateway.
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirement
of the application, either an electromechanical contactor or reversing
contactor combination, or a solid-state
contactor or a solid-state reversing
contactor is to be used for the actual task of
switching the load. These switching
elements are controlled via the digital
outputs of the EMM modules.

PHOENIX CONTACT
151
INTERFACE Relay
PROFIBUS gateway for the electronic
motor management modules
The EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS is a module
that enables a connection of the EMM...IFS
modules to the PROFIBUS-DP.
The module is certified in acc. with the
DPV 1 specification (EN 50170).
The EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS can
communicate with up to 32 EMM...IFS
modules via the T-BUS. 8 digital inputs and
4 outputs can be freely parameterized.
Moreover, the EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
supports Fail Safe: The switching behavior in
the event of PROFIBUS errors can be
influenced by the parameterization. Digital
switching outputs enable direct connection
of the EMM...IFS (forward running/reverse
running).
The GSD file (with the communication
characteristics of a PROFIBUS-DP device)
can be found on the Internet under
www.phoenixcontact.net/download.
D
H
EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
PROFIBUS gateway
Width 22.5 mm
US GND
24V
DC
Reset
Connection data
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
B-Line
RTS
GND PB
5V PB
A-Line
solid
AWG
24-12
3
4
5
6
8
PB
OUT
O1
O2
O3
O4
IFS
TBUS
Controller
USO
Status
Description
IN
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
EPROM
IFSPort
TO
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
2297620
2811271
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
2707437
50
IMC 1,5/ 5-G-3,81

IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
1862603
1857919
50
50
PROFIBUS Master gateway for the INTERFACE system

Mini COMBICON connectors
- Female contact
- Male contact
Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital inputs
Input voltage
Input circuit
Digital outputs
Max. switching current
Residual voltage
Output protection
IFS interface
Type of connection
PROFIBUS interface
Data rate
Type of connection
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply
Degree of protection
Dimensions
152
PHOENIX CONTACT
24 V DC -20% ... +25%

85 mA
24 V DC 20%
3 mA
23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
500 mA
1V
Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
T-BUS
12 Mbps
D-SUB-9
W/H/D
1.5 kV
-35C ... 50C
EN 50178
IP20
Any / 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

INTERFACE Relay
Startup
(DPM2)
Diagnostics/
maintenance
(DPM2)
Control (PLC)
(DPM1)
....
EM-PB gateway
+ EMM ... IFS
EM-PB gateway + EMM ... IFS 1

up to EMM ... IFS 31, EMM ... IFS 32
Device Type Manager (DTM) for

EMM...IFS
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming
adapter, manual and Quick Start Guide
for the EMM..IFS system as configuration
package available
Also available as USB programming
adapter even individually
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS available even
for free download as an individual unit
under www.phoenixcontact.com
MM-CONF-SET
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MM-CONF-SET
2297992
2811271
Configuration packet for the EMM...IFS, consisting of

CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, manual
and Quick Start Guide

PHOENIX CONTACT
153
INTERFACE Relay
H W
D
H W
D
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
EMM W 3/5-500
EMM W 3/5-500 EX
Ex: X p
Parameterization
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-6
0.2-4
24-10
I
[A]
O1
O2
O3
O4
U
[V]
24V DC UIN
Logic
Feedback
L
24V DC
24V DC
R
&
Memory
Alarm
UIN
RS232
R
Description
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
O1
O2
O3
O4
Logic
24V DC
R
&
Memory
Alarm
Order No.
EMM W3/ 5-500
2963556
UIN
RS232
R
Type
Feedback
L
24V DC
24V DC
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
24V DC
Type
Order No.
EMM W3/ 5-500 EX
2963682
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN
Quiescent current
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Input circuit
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input
Nominal current, voltage measuring input
Input circuit
Current measuring input
Max. conductor length between converter and EMM
Output data load side
Switching output OL, OR with 1 signal
Output protection
General data
EMC regulations
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
Safety data
EU type-examination certificate in acc. with ATEX
Requirement class in acc. with DIN V 19251
Category in acc. with EN 954-1
154
PHOENIX CONTACT
W/H/D
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
80 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
7 mA
LED green / LED yellow / LED red
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
80 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
110 V AC ... 550 V AC (conductor voltage)

6 mA (at 550 V AC, per line)
Max. 5 A
5 m (for 2.5 mm2)
3 m (for 1.5 mm2)
110 V AC ... 550 V AC (conductor voltage)

6 mA (at 550 V AC, per line)
Max. 5 A
5 m (for 2.5 mm2)
3 m (for 1.5 mm2)
(UVN - 1 V) / 50 mA
(UVN - 1 V) / 50 mA
24 V DC / 2 A
Polarity protection, surge protection, short-circuit and overload
proof
24 V DC / 2 A
Polarity protection, surge protection, short-circuit and overload
proof
2.5 kV
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
62 mm / 120 mm / 107 mm
2.5 kV
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
62 mm / 120 mm / 107 mm
X II (2) GD
-
PTB 03 ATEX 3114

AK4
3

INTERFACE Relay
5/L3
1/L1
V1 V2 V3
3/L2
Acknowledgement outputs
Forward running
Revers running
01 02 03 04
Voltage
measurement Current Measurement
6/T3
2/T1
RS232
Supply
Supply
RS232
Current Measurement
4/T2
P2
OR OL
TxD
2A- switching output
GND
P1
GND
6/T3
2/T1
EMM W3 / 5 - 500
EMM W3 / 5 - 500 EX
Current Measurement
S2/k
Control
P1
P2
S1/k
GND
P2
S1/k
S2/k
4/T2
TxD
GND
RxD
GND
+24V
OR OL
S2/k
RxD
EMM W3 / 5 - 500
EMM W3 / 5 - 500 EX
2A- switching output
P1
+24V
Voltage
measurement Current Measurement
Control
S1/k
+24V
V1 V2 V3
5/L3
01 02 03 04
1/L1
Module
supply
Acknowledgement outputs
Revers running
Forward running
3/L2
GND
+24V
Module
supply
L1
L2
L3
Revers running
Revers running
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Forward running
GND
GND
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
The EMMs offer all the advantages of

modern effective-power monitoring. Every
6.6 ms, the effective power of a drive
system or of any other 3-phase consumer is
calculated from three currents, voltages and
the phase angle.
Currents greater than 5 A are fed into the
module via converters. The actual switching
of the load is carried out by a separate
switching element. In this configuration, the
EMM reliably protects connected loads
irrespective of their power consumption
against overload and underload, and
provides permanent status monitoring.
Switching thresholds, message thresholds
and four configurable acknowledgement
outputs enable the motor and system to be
protected.
Apparent, effective and reactive power,
Currents and voltages,
Phase angle,
Switching-cycle and operating-hours,
Power meter.
The integrated memory allows complete
"curves" to be recorded, which can then be
used for system documentation, for
example:
The operating modes right and left

rotation, reverse and limit switch operation
(with integrated restart inhibit) switch
actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc.
and also check for function, contamination
or wear.
The EMM EX device is particularly
suitable for use in the chemicals and
petrochemicals industry. A corresponding
Ex type-examination certificate has been
issued.
Current transformer
For currents greater than 5 A, separate
current transducers are to be used.
Transducers with a secondary nominal
current of 5 A should be chosen. The
primary nominal current is determined by
the current consumption of the consumer
(refer to connection version).
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirement
of the application, either an electromechanical contactor or reversing
contactor combination, or an electronic
load relay or reversing load relay is to be
used for the actual task of switching the
load. For the control of these switching
elements, the EMM supplies two switching
outputs with 24 V DC / 2 A.

PHOENIX CONTACT
155
INTERFACE Relay
The ELR-PB-GATEWAY is a module that
guarantees the connection of the E(LR)MM
family of products to PROFIBUS-DP.
The module is certified in acc. with the
DPV 1 specification (EN 50170).
The ELR-PB-GATEWAY provides a serial
"RS-232 interface" for communication with
an ELR-MM or EMM. Six digital inputs can
be freely parameterized.
The ELR-PB-GATEWAY Fail Safe also
supports: the switching behavior in the
event of PROFIBUS errors can be
influenced by the parameterization.
Two digital switching outputs allow direct
control of the ERL-MM or EMM (forward
running/reverse running).
The device master data file (containing
the communication characteristics of a
PROFIBUS-DP device) can be found on the
Internet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/download.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
ELR-PB-GATEWAY
PROFIBUS gateway
Applied for:
UL / CUL
Width 35 mm
24V GND
24V
DC
Connection data
stranded
[mm2]
0.2-2.5
0.2-2.5
B-Line
RTS
GND PB
5V PB
A-Line
solid
AWG
24-14
3
4
5
6
8
PB
EPROM
Controller
OUT
RS232
IN
Status
Description
O1
O2
TxD
RxD
GND
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR-PB-GATEWAY
2963530
ELR-PB-RS232
2963572
PROFIBUS interface implementer, for ELR-MM and EMM

Connecting cable
Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB
Input circuit
Digital inputs
Input voltage
Input circuit
Digital outputs
Max. switching current
Residual voltage
Output protection
RS-232 Interface
Data rate
Type of connection
PROFIBUS interface
Data rate
Type of connection
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply
Table 1: Address setting

Switch 1
Start configuration
Switch 1 off
Module inputs configured as normal
digital inputs
Switch 1 on
Each function is assigned to one input

(see table 2)
Switches 2 - 8
Switch 2
Switch 8
Default
Setting the device address

Most significant bit (MSB)
Least significant bit (LSB)
126
Table 2:
Input
1
2
3
4
5
6
156
Degree of protection
Dimensions
24 V DC 20%
Typ. 50 mA (plus load current of an output)
24 V DC 20%
7 mA
23.5 V DC 20% (UB - UResid. of output)
50 mA
< 0.5 V DC (URest at IN)
20 kbps
COMBICON
12 Mbps
D-SUB-9
W/H/D
500 V AC
-20C ... 60C
EN 61000-4-2
EN 61000-4-3
EN 61000-4-4
EN 50178
EN 61000-4-5
EN 61000-4-6
IP20
35 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
Function
Local/Remote switchover
Reverse (button)
Stop (button)
Forward (button)
Limit switch reverse "High active"
Limit switch forward "High active"
PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Startup
(DPM2)
Diagnostics/maintenance
(DPM2)
Control (PLC)
(DPM1)
ELR and EMM control, serial (t < 200 ms)
E(LR)MM + ELR Gateway

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS configuration
The illustration shows the typical
configuration of a PROFIBUS system. The
PLC as a class 1 master (DPM1) administers
the bus and is responsible for the cyclical
process data traffic. The class 2 masters
(DPM2) are used for diagnostics,
maintenance and startup. They can be
connected at any point of the PROFIBUS.

PROFIBUS
ELR and EMM control, serial and parallel (t < 200 ms)
Setting the PROFIBUS address

The address of the PROFIBUS device is
set via an 8-pos. DIP switch in the housing.
The housing must be opened to set the
address.

PHOENIX CONTACT
157
INTERFACE Relay
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
ELR-MM and EMM
The DTM is the configuration and
management tool for the ELR and EMM
motor management family of products in
PROFIBUS environments.
The ELR-DTM is a plug-in for field device
tools (FDT) such as PACTware. Uniform
and consistent integration of field devices in
engineering tools and control systems is
thus possible.
The FDT/DTM (Field Device Tool/Device
Type Manager) concept offers:
Description of cyclical data and device
parameters,
Device-specific configuration,
parameterization and diagnostics by
means of software components (DTM),
Standardized interface to engineering
tools,
Free choice of devices,
"Plug and Play" becomes reality,
Full device function support,
Consistent engineering data.
DTM
ELR-DTM
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR-DTM
2963679
Device type manager, for motor management modules, version 1.0
Configuration, monitoring, visualization
158
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.

INTERFACE Relay
Configuration software
ELR-CONF-WIN-2.0
The ELR-CONF-WIN 2.0 software is
used for "parameterizing" and "visualizing"
the electronic motor management modules.
All parameters can be entered with the
keyboard or graphically and then sent to the
load relays with a click of the mouse. It is
also used for displaying and recording the
operating data in order to be able to further
process it in databases for example.
The software runs under Windows 9x,
Windows ME, Windows NT4.0, Windows
2000 and Windows XP.
ELR-CONF-WIN-2.0
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR-CONF-WIN2.0
2963585
ELR-KAD-RS232
2963653
ELR configuration software, for programming the electronic load

relays with motor management, language: German, English
Software adapter cable
Configuration, monitoring, visualization

PHOENIX CONTACT
159
INTERFACE Relay
Electronic reversing load relay with
motor management
The electronic load relays with motor
management (ELR-MM) combine fast, wearfree semiconductor switches and state-ofthe-art measurement with evaluation
electronics. Every 6.6 ms, the effective
power consumed by the electric drives is
calculated from the three currents, voltages
and the phase angle. This allows continuous
status monitoring.
Message and switching thresholds for
recognizing underload and overload can be
freely parameterized and carry out
functions that far exceed normal motor
protection. All relevant electrical values
such as apparent, effective and reactive
power, currents, voltages and phase angles,
as well as the values of the internal cycle and
operating hour counter can be read off the
display.
The ELR-MM load relay switches
actuating and regulating drives, pumps and
tools and at the same time checks them for
function, contamination or wear.
The ELR-MM EX device is particularly
suitable for use in the chemicals and
petrochemicals industry. A corresponding
Ex type-examination certificate has been
issued.
Alternatively, the devices can be coupled
to fieldbus systems via a defined interface
for online monitoring.
Notes:
Type of housing:
ELR W3/9-400 MM
Electronic reversing load relay, with motor management
P
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-6
0.2-4
24-10
I
[A]
20
30
40
50
Load current [A]
Alarm
RS232
Serial
Order No.
ELR W3/ 9-400 MM
2963514
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Technical data
Input data
Quiescent current
Input circuit
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
80 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 mA
(U VN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA
110 V AC ... 433 V AC
1000 V
360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
150 mA
Typ. 1.4 V
Typ. 4 mA
W/H/D
2.5 kV
Max. 2.5 Hz (at cos = 0.5)
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm
60
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature

Operating time: 100% operating factor
PHOENIX CONTACT
Memory
Type
160
&
Requirement class in acc. with DIN V 19251

10
Logic
L
24V DC
Description
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Feedback
24V DC
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Reversing frequency
EMC regulations
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
Safety data
O1
O2
O3
O4
U
[V]

Output voltage range
Load current
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
H W
D

INTERFACE Relay
H W
D
H W
D
ELR W3/...-500 MM
ELR W 3/9-500 MM EX
Electronic reversing load relays with motor management and ATEX

approval
Ex: X p
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
O1
O2
O3
O4
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Logic
Feedback
L
24V DC
R
O1
O2
O3
O4
Logic
Memory
RS232
Alarm
&
24V DC
R
Serial
Type
Order No.
ELR W3/ 2-500 MM

ELR W3/ 9-500 MM
2982621
2963543
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Feedback
24V DC
&
24V DC
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Memory
Alarm
RS232
Serial
Type
Order No.
ELR W3/ 9-500 MM EX
2963695
ELR W3/ 2-500 MM

ELR W3/ 9-500 MM
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
80 mA
80 mA
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
surge protection
surge protection
(UVN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA
(UVN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA
(UVN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA
110 V AC ... 550 V AC

1500 V
1.8 A (see derating curve)
110 V AC ... 550 V AC

1500 V
110 V AC ... 550 V AC

1500 V
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
80 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)

360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
150 mA
150 mA
Typ. 1.4 V
Typ. 1.4 V
Typ. 7 mA
Typ. 7 mA
360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)

150 mA
Typ. 1.4 V
Typ. 7 mA
2.5 kV
Max. 2.5 Hz (at cos = 0.5)
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm
2.5 kV
Max. 2.5 Hz (at cos = 0.5)
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm
X II (2) GD
-
PTB 03 ATEX 3114

AK4
3

PHOENIX CONTACT
161
INTERFACE Relay
Electronic reversing load relay, with
integrated soft switch
The semiconductor switches in the
electronic load and reversing load relays
(ELR) allow wear-free switching of
asynchronous machines even where there is
a high switching frequency. In order to
further increase the service life of a drive, as
well as for special applications, a soft start is
necessary.
The ELR W 3/9-400 S allows a soft
start with given parameters for an
asynchronous machine.
The device is parameterized directly on
the device via display and keyboard.
Friction time,
Torque, start,
Start time,
Stop time,
Torque, stop,
Braking time and
Braking torque.
The switching status can be displayed
during operation as a percentage.
By using the "special function menu", it is
possible to control the drive locally.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
ELR W 3/9-400 S
Electronic reversing load relay, with integrated soft switch
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-6
0.2-4
24-10
I
[A]
Logic
U
[V]
L
24V DC
24V DC
R
Description
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
&
Memory
Alarm
Type
Order No.
ELR W3/ 9-400 S
2963569
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch
Load current [A]
Technical data
Input data
Quiescent current
Input circuit
Load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
EMC regulations
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
85 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 mA
440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
110 V AC ... 433 V AC
1000 V
< 8 A (IL1, at 20C Tu, see derating)
230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
150 mA
Typ. 1.5 V (for IL)
5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
W/H/D
2.5 kV
-20C ... 60C
DIN EN 50178
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm
60

162
PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
ON
delay
Operation
OFF
delay
100% operation positive
Torque, start
Torque, stop
Friction time
Start time
Switch
operation
Stop time
100% operation positive
Torque, start
Braking time
Torque, stop
Friction time
Start time
Switch
operation
100% operation negative

Switch-off procedure
The figure shows the control of the

reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.

PHOENIX CONTACT
163
INTERFACE Relay
Three-phase "4 in 1" solid-state
reversing contactors
The 22.5 mm wide three-phase "4 in 1"
solid-state reversing contactors with
current monitoring combine four functions
into one: Right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay and EMERGENCY
STOP up to category 3.
The devices have the following
advantages:
They save wiring
Bi-metal function settable up to 9 A
Long service life
Safety level as per
IEC 61508-1 :SIL3
ISO 13849:PL e
EN 954-1:Category 3
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12
ELR W 3-.../500AC-2I
ELR W 3-.../500AC-9I
"4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor,

for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
"4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor,

for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
Uj xv
Ujxv
Ex: Xp // Applied for: UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS / GL / NV
MAN
RES
AUTO
Notes:
Type of housing:
solid
D
H
RES
Logik
P
1/L1
Ex: Xp // Applied for: UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS / GL / NV
MAN
RES
AUTO
RES
Logik
P
1/L1
3/L2
I
[A]
U
[V]
Us
GND
2/T1
GNDE
& Error
4/T2
GND
5/L3
Us
2/T1
GNDE
& Error
6/T3
97 96 95
Type
Order No.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I
2297031
2297044
Pcs. /
Pkt.
4/T2
6/T3
Description
3/L2
Us
5/L3
Us
97 96 95
Type
Order No.

2297057
2297060
Pcs. /
Pkt.
"4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor

1
1
Technical data
Input data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US

Rated actuation voltage UC R/L
35 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
3.5 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
35 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
3.5 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC

Input circuit
3 mA
7 mA
Surge protection
surge protection
3 mA
7 mA
Surge protection
surge protection
48 V AC ... 550 V AC
Max. 2.4 A (see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 550 V AC
Max. 9 A (see derating curve)

Load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Rated surge voltage
Reversing frequency
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
Safety data
164
PHOENIX CONTACT
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
0 mA
W/H/D
48 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
0 mA
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.2 A
< 0.5 V
0 mA
48 V AC ... 550 V AC
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.2 A
< 0.5 V
0 mA
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV
4 kV
Max. 2 Hz
Max. 2 Hz
-25C ... 70C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
optional (observe derating)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
500 V
6 kV
4 kV
Max. 2 Hz
Max. 2 Hz
-25C ... 70C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
optional (observe derating)
22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
X II (2) GD
X II (2) GD
X II (2) GD
X II (2) GD
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

3
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

3
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

3
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

3

1
1
INTERFACE Relay
Conventional structure
Control current path for reversing contactor as per category 3
Conventional structure
Main current path for reversing contactor as per category 3
+24V DC F5
K5
F1
F2
F3
L1
L2
L3
K5
Structure with CONTACTRON

Main and control current path for "4 in 1" reversing contactor as
per category 3
F1
L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
S2
F4
+24V DC
K1
K5
K5
T1
K5
K2
L1 L2 L3
K5
T3
K1
T1 T2 T3
T2
T1 T2
K5
T3
K3
K4
M
3~
M1
K1
K5
K5
K2
K3
K4
K5
K5
K1
K2
M
3~
M1
GND
PE
Output current [A]
K1 = "4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor

K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = EMERGENCY STOP
2
10
20
30
40
50
60
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0,18
70
2
0
10
20
30
Derating curve ELR W 3-24DC/500AC-2I

Operating time 100%
10
20
30
40
50
60
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
70
60
70
1
2

Derating curve ELR W 3-24DC/500AC-9I
Operating time 100%
50
Derating curve ELR W 3-230AC/500AC-2I

Operating time 100%
40
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
K5
GND
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0,18
0
K5
PE
K5
K1 + K2 = EMERGENCY STOP contactor

K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
Output current [A]
K1 + K2 = EMERGENCY STOP contactor

K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = EMERGENCY STOP
F4 = Motor protection relay
K5
S2
F4
Output current [A]
K3
Output current [A]
K4
K5
K1 +US R L
K5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70

Derating curve ELR W 3-230AC/500AC-9I
Operating time 100%
1 aligned with > 20 mm spacing

2 aligned without spacing

PHOENIX CONTACT
165
INTERFACE Relay
Three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors
The three-phase solid-state reversing

contactors with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications
such as control valves, slides, separating
filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state
reversing contactors:
Noise-free and wear-free switching
Stable and short switching times
Long service life
High switching frequency
Integrated locking and load wiring
Thermal fuse optional (on request)
H
Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3-.../500AC-2
Solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to
575 V AC/3 x 2 A
Applied for:
UL / CUL / UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12
I
[A]
U
[V]
solid
T
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2
2297293
2297303
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solid-state reversing contactor
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC R/L
Input circuit
Output current [A]

Load current
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ELR ...-9
ELR ...-2
10
20
40
60
Output current [A]

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Rated surge voltage
Reversing frequency
Switching frequency
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
12.7 mA
surge protection
11.2 mA
Surge protection
- / LED yellow / LED red
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
W/H/D
ELR ...-16
20
40
60

166
PHOENIX CONTACT
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 2 Hz
Max. 5 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Horizontal (observe derating)
40 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
ELR ...-37
10
1
1

INTERFACE Relay
D
H
D
W
D
W
ELR W 3-.../500AC-9
ELR W 3-.../500AC-16
ELR W 2+1-.../500AC-37

575 V AC/3x9 A

575 V AC/3 x 16 A

575 V AC/3 x 37 A
Applied for:
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
T
4/T2
6/T3
Type
Order No.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9
2297316
2297329
2/T1
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
1/L1
4/T2
6/T3
Type
Order No.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16

ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16
2297332
2297345
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Type
Order No.
ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37
2297374
2297387
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
12.7 mA
surge protection
11.2 mA
Surge protection
12.7 mA
surge protection
11.2 mA
Surge protection
12.7 mA
surge protection
11.2 mA
Surge protection

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 2 Hz
Max. 5 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
67.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 2 Hz
Max. 5 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 2 Hz
Max. 5 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
167
INTERFACE Relay
Electronic reversing load relays for
3-phase networks ELR W 3/9-...
3-phase electronic reversing load relays
implement a contactor-type reverserstarter combination fully electronically.
Since the corresponding interlocking of the
control inputs is already implemented in the
device, the wiring of the control circuit is
omitted as well as the complete wiring on
the load side. Thus, the wiring work can be
reduced to a minimum.
Common features of all ELR 3/9-...:
LED display for right and left rotation,
operating voltage and non-permitted
control
Noiseless and wear-free switching up to
500 V AC/9 A
Protection circuits in input and output
The ELR W 3/9-... can be used in control
valves and conveying systems.
Notes:
Type of housing:
The operating voltage and control voltage inputs must be operated
with power supply modules in acc. with DIN 19240 (max. 5%
residual ripple). In order to avoid inductive or capacitive decoupling
of disturbing pulses where long control wires are used, we
recommend the use of shielded conductors.
H W
D
ELR W 3/9-...
Electronic reversing load relay
P
UIN
-
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-6
0.2-4
24-10
I
[A]
U
[V]
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
24V DC
t
&
24V DC
R
Alarm
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR W3/ 9-400

ELR W3/ 9-500
2964173
2964186
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relay
Technical data
Input data
Quiescent current
Input circuit
ELR W3/ 9-400

ELR W3/ 9-500
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
40 mA
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.25
0.8 ... 1.25
surge protection
surge protection
Power loss [W]

Output voltage
Load current
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
1,5
4,5
7,5
Load current [A]
Current per phase [A]

Power loss depending on the load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Reversing frequency
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
400 V AC
110 V AC ... 440 V AC
1000 V
230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)

230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
150 mA
150 mA
Typ. 1.5 V
Typ. 1.5 V
Typ. 7 mA
Typ. 7 mA
W/H/D
2.5 kV
Max. 10 Hz (at cos = 0.5)
-20C ... 60C
EN 50178
IP20
62 mm / 110 mm / 84 mm
9
7
5
3
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60

168
PHOENIX CONTACT
500 V AC
110 V AC ... 550 V AC
1200 V

1
1
INTERFACE Relay
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
The electronic reversing load relays
ELR-DC allow mechanically commutated
DC motors to be switched. They reverse
and reduce the speed of DC motors up to
24 V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A shortcircuit, surge-voltage and overload-proof
output guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the "left"
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the "right" input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e. "right" and "left",
the motor is short-circuited internally via
the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.
Notes:
Type of housing:
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
H W
D
ELR W 1/...-24DC
Electronic reversing load relay, for control of DC motors
U
+U
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-6
0.2-4
24-10
I
[A]
U
[V]
M+
Logic
M-
GND
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR W1/ 2-24DC

ELR W1/ 6-24DC
2963598
2982090
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relay, for control of DC motors
Technical data
Input data
Input circuit
ELR W1/ 2-24DC

ELR W1/ 6-24DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
LED green / LED yellow, forward running (R),
LED yellow, reverse running (L) / -
PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Load current
Quiescent current
Current limitation at short circuits
Output protection
General data
Mounting position
Dimensions
24V GND
M+ M-
24 V DC
0% ... 100%
0% ... 100%
W/H/D
2.5 kV AC
-20C ... 60C
EN 50178
IP20
12.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

Input
Right
1000 Hz
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
2 A (Mounted in rows with zero
spacing)
Approx. 7 mA (When switched off) Approx. 7 mA (When switched off)
15 A
20 A
LED green / - / -
Status table
1000 Hz
Output
Left
M+
High
High
+ 24 V
GND
GND
+ 24 V
GND
GND
Load current [A]
Application example
1
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60

1 Individual device
2 Aligned without spacing

PHOENIX CONTACT
169
INTERFACE Relay
Three-phase solid-state contactor
D
Motors of mixers, machine tools,

conveying systems, pumps and fans up to
575 V AC/3x37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase solid-state
contactors.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state
contactors:
Noise-free and wear-free switching
Stable and short switching times
Long service life
Thermal fuse optional (on request)
H
Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3-.../500AC-2
Three-phase solid-state contactor, for switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
Applied for:
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
ON
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12
I
[A]
U
[V]
T
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2
2297196
2297206
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Three-phase solid-state contactor
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Input circuit
Output current [A]

Load current
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ELR ...-9
ELR ...-2
10
20
40
60
Output current [A]

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Rated surge voltage
Switching frequency
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
8.3 mA
surge protection
12.5 mA
Surge protection
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
W/H/D
ELR ...-16
20
40
60

170
PHOENIX CONTACT
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
40 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
ELR ...-37
10
1
1

INTERFACE Relay
D
D
W
D
W
ELR 3-.../500AC-9
ELR 3-.../500AC-16
ELR 2+1-.../500AC-37

up to 575 V AC/3x9 A

up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A

up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A
Applied for:
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
ON
T
2/T1
4/T2
Type
Order No.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9
2297219
2297222
6/T3
2/T1
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
ON
ON
4/T2
Type
Order No.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16
2297235
2297248
6/T3
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Type
Order No.
ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37
2297277
2297280
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
8.3 mA
surge protection
12.5 mA
Surge protection
8.3 mA
surge protection
12.5 mA
Surge protection
8.3 mA
surge protection
12.5 mA
Surge protection

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
67.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV
6 kV
Max. 10 Hz
Max. 1 Hz
-25C ... 70C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
171
INTERFACE Relay
Electronic load relays for 3-phase
networks ELR 3/9-...
3-phase electronic load relays offer
functions such as mechanical contactors,
but allow the non-contacting switching of
loads in the three-phase network without
bounce or wear and tear.
Common features of all ELR 3/9-...
Operating indicator
Noiseless and wear-free switching up to
500 V AC/9 A
The ELR 3/9-... can be used, for example,
in mixers, machine tools, pumps and fans.
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
ELR 3/9-...
Electronic load relay
P
L1
U1
UIN
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-6
0.2-4
24-10
I
[A]
L2
U
[V]
V1
L3
-
Description
W1
Type
Order No.
ELR 3/ 9-400
ELR 3/ 9-500
2941701
2941714
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST
Input circuit
ELR 3/ 9-400
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
surge protection
Power loss [W]

Output voltage
Load current
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
1,5
4,5
7,5
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Switching frequency
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
400 V AC
110 V AC ... 440 V AC
800 V
W/H/D
2.5 kV
-20C ... 60C
EN 50178
IP20
62 mm / 110 mm / 84 mm
Load current [A]
9
7
5
3
1
10
20
30
40
50
60

172
PHOENIX CONTACT
500 V AC
110 V AC ... 550 V AC
1200 V
230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)

230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
150 mA
150 mA
Typ. 1.5 V
Typ. 1.5 V
Typ. 7 mA
Typ. 7 mA
Current per phase [A]

Power loss depending on the load current
ELR 3/ 9-500
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
surge protection
- / LED yellow / -

1
1
INTERFACE Relay
Electronic load relays for 3-phase
EMG 45-ELR 3/1,5 networks
For electronic switching of 3-phase loads
such as pumps, fans etc.
Properties:
Wear-free
Notes:
Type of housing:
H W
D
EMG 45-ELR 3/1,5

P
L1
NDG
U1
E
solid
Screw connection
stranded
[mm2]
AWG
0.2-4
0.2-2.5 24-12
I
[A]
U
[V]
L2
NDG
V1
L3
Description
NDG
W1
Type
Order No.
EMG 45-ELR3/1,5
2942739
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST
Input circuit
Output voltage
Load current [A]
Continuous load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
20 mA
- / LED yellow / 400 V AC
320 V AC ... 440 V AC
600 V (load relay is not suitable for the construction of reversing
circuits.)
100 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25C)
50 mA
Typ. 1 V
Typ. 7 mA
W/H/D
3.5 kV
-20C ... 55C
EN 50178
IP20
45 mm / 82.5 mm / 75 mm
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
20
30
40
50


PHOENIX CONTACT
173
INTERFACE Relay
D
W
Notes:
Type of housing:
ELR 1-.../600AC-20
Single-phase solid-state contactor
u
A1
+
1/L1
Zero voltage
switch
Single-phase solid-state contactors are

used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The sturdy power semiconductors switch
in zero voltage crossing and thus produce
no additional high frequency interferences.
The modules are insensitive to shock loads
and vibrations even use in aggressive,
polluted environments is unproblematic.
They offer the following advantages:
Wear-free and output-free
Input voltage versions 24 V DC and
230 V AC.
Common areas of application are:
Production machines,
Temperature controllers,
Conveyor equipment and
Lighting systems.
A2
-
Description
2/T1
Type
Order No.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20
2297138
2297141
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Switching level
1 signal ("H")
0 signal ("L")

Load current
Output current [A]
250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
0.5
525 A2s
W/H/D
40
30
28,5
20
16
1011
20
40
60

174
PHOENIX CONTACT
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

1200 V
250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
0.5
525 A2s
RCV circuit
4 kVrms
-30C ... 70C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN
61000-4-6 / EN 55011
Can be aligned with 22.5 mm spacing
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
50
10
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20
24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
22 V AC
6 V AC
6 Hz
LED green / - / -
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

1200 V
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Phase angle (cos )
Output protection
General data
Mounting position
Assembly
Dimensions
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
4 V DC
1 V DC
25 Hz
1
1

INTERFACE Relay
D
H
D
W
ELR 1-.../600AC-30
ELR 1-.../600AC-50
1/L1
A1
+
2/T1
A2
-
1/L1
Zero voltage
switch
Zero voltage
switch
A1
+
A2
-
Type
Order No.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30
2297154
2297167
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
4 V DC
1 V DC
25 Hz
1
1
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30
24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
22 V AC
6 V AC
6 Hz
LED green / - / -
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

1200 V
400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
0.5
1800 A2s
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50
2297170
2297183
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
4 V DC
1 V DC
25 Hz
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

1200 V
400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
0.5
1800 A2s
RCV circuit
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50
24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
22 V AC
6 V AC
6 Hz
LED green / - / -
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

1200 V
1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
0.5
18000 A2s
4 kVrms
-30C ... 70C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN
61000-4-6 / EN 55011
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
2/T1
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)

1200 V
1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
0.5
18000 A2s
RCV circuit
4 kVrms
-30C ... 70C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN
61000-4-6 / EN 55011
45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
175
INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications
Plug-in miniature relays
REL-MR...21
REL-MR...21-21
OPT...DC/24DC/2
OPT...DC/230AC/1
5 mm design width
12.7 mm design width
5 mm design width
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
1,3
1,9
1,28
1,3
1,9
1,2
1,3
1,2
Basic grid dimension 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm
Basic grid dimension 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm
Basic grid dimension 2.5 mm
29
12,7
15
Permissible input voltage range

for REL-MR...21
Permissible input voltage range

for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC
Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/24DC/2
U
UN
2,5
3
3
2,5
A
1,5
1,5
1
0
60
1
B
0,5
0,5
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
TU [C]
General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating factor,
horizontal or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting
continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical
data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see
respective technical data).
1) Pre-excitation: Relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TU with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective
technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short
time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The values Uop
for cold coils (Tcoil = TU = 20 C) indicated by other manufacturers
yield better values, but are not practical.
176
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [C]
PHOENIX CONTACT
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
TU [C]
Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/230AC/1
750
Load current [mA]
U
UN
Load current [A]
15
3,5
15,7
28
3,6
3,5
28

300
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
INTERFACE Relay
switch and relay

switch
Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...
Application example PLC-S...S...
OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/2
12.7 mm design width
1,3
1,28
VCC
VCC
+-
A1
+-
OUT A1
A2
A1
CTL2
A
O
M
A
O
M
CTL1
A2
Basic grid dimension 2.5 mm
29
12,7
M
11
13
14
2
12
3,6
15,7
14
Load current [A]
Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/24DC/5
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...
U
U N 1,4
5
4
1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC
1
0
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
0,9
0,8
Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/230AC/2
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60 65
TU [ C]
Load current [A]
Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0
Curve B
Minimum operate voltage at pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
1 Mounted in rows with zero spacing
2 Mounted in rows with spacing > 20 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT
177
INTERFACE Relay
solid-state relay

Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW
Diagrams for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW

Interrupting rating
20
0
30
40
50
2,5
10
6
4
2
1,5
0,7
Load current [A]
Load current [A]
1
20
60
30
40
50
60
70

1 For input voltages of 220 V DC and 230 V AC

Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300
10
Load current [mA]
9
8
7
6
5
Load current [A]
1 Ohmic load
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
20
35
40
50
60
70
10
10
1
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with relay REL-MR-18DC/21...)
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Cycles
1,5
10
1,3
Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W
1,4
1,2
Input voltage U/UN
0,5
0,35
1,0
UN= 24 V DC
Interrupting rating
0,8
B
0,7
20
40
50
20
0,6
0
30
Diagrams for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW
0,9
60
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
10
6
4
65
Curve A
Curve B
Load current [mA]
1,1
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/

RWF
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300
10

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
1,4

1,3
1,2
A
PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW
6
5
4
UN= 230 V AC
10
0,9
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
0
30
35
40
45
PHOENIX CONTACT
50
55
60
65
70
10
10
65
0,8
Curve A
Cycles
178
107
1,1
Input voltage U/UN
Derating curve for

Curve B


INTERFACE Relay
Diagrams for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW
PLC series electronic reversing load

relays for DC motors
Solid-state relay terminal blocks

DEK-OE... and DEK-OV...
Application example PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
Derating curve for DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/

3/AKT
Interrupting rating
0,1
3
2
1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
0,5
0,3
0,2
60
R
T
10
6
4
Load current [A]
20
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
1 Horizontal mounting
2 Vertical mounting
300
L
R
1 AC, ohmic load

2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
GND
Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10
24 V
VCC
107
M+
+-
M-
10
10
9
8
2
10
7
6
10
0
1
2
3
10
Status table
Input

Output
Right
Left
M+
High
High
PLC electronic sensor terminal block

+ 24 V
GND
GND
+ 24 V
GND
GND
Load current [A]
Cycles
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Application 1
ERR
Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800
OUT
U VN
GND
Load current [A]
NAMUR
Application 2
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+
ERR
Load current [A]
1,5
1
20
30
40
50
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
60
1k
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
OUT
10k
U VN

GND
Limit switch
Status initiator
Switching level
LED
OUT
ERR
Green
Red
Conductive
OFF
OFF
Blocking
ON
OFF
Short circuit
OFF
ON
Open circuit
OFF
ON

PHOENIX CONTACT
179
INTERFACE Relay
ST-OV 3
1,5
1
20
30
40
50
2
1,5
0
20
2
0,5
1
0
40
50
0
40
50
60
0
20
30
40
50
60
2
1
0
30
40
50
20
Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2
Load current [A]
Load current [A]
50
40
60
30
Derating curve for EMG 17-OV-TTL/24DC/2
Load current [A]
Load current [A]
30
1
20
60
3
2
0
20
30
40
50
60

2 Mounted in rows with spacing 20 mm
180
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
0
20
30
40
50
1,5
20
60
2
1,5
60
Derating curve for EMG 12-OV...240AC/1
0,5
50
40
Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...240AC/3
Load current [A]
Load current [A]
30
30
20
60
Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3
Load current [A]
Load current [A]
Load current [A]

60
INTERFACE Relay
Power protection circuit solid-state relay
with signal logic
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO


UEGM-OE/AV
Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P
Time diagrams: UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
Case 1: Input pulse tI < output pulse tO set.
28,8
Operating voltage present
28
UE
1 A type
27
24 V
1
Supply voltage UI [V]
Load current [A]
4 A type
0
40
30
20
50
60
Time/current curve, 1 A version
26
25
t0
Output pulse tO
24 V
-20
1000
-10
10
20
30
40
50
60
100
tE
UA
24
t0
tA
set
Case 2: Input pulse tI output pulse tO set: tI = tO
Application 1
ERR
Operating voltage present
OUT
10
-
U VN
UE
GND
24 V
Switching time [ms]
NAMUR initiator
1
Current limit
Application 2
t0
+
0,1
ERR
1k
IN
10
20
30
tA
Output pulse tO
24 V
OUT
10k
I [A]
tE
UA
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
U VN
t0
GND
tA
set
Limit switch
Time/current curve, 4 A version
1000
Table of adjustable output pulse lengths
100
DIP switch1)
Connection examples:
NPN output
10
Load
Switching time [ms]
24V
NPN
1
Current limit
DEKTRN/INV
Length of
output pulse
[ms] (when
switch is
set to "on")
PNP
E
0V
0,1
PNP output
IN
20
40
60
80
Load
24V
I [A]
E
NPN
PNP
Status diagram
Switching
level
Input
LED
yellow
light
LED red
light
indicator
not
triggered
Normal
operation
Operating
status
Overload/
short
circuit
Open
circuit
Alarm
contact/
CONTROL
1) If
DEKTR/INV
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
10
20
50
100
200
500
1000
1500
no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.
If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched
off almost simultaneously with the input.
Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP
switches according to the following formula:
0V
1
Ttot =
1 + 1 + ... + 1
t1 t2
tn

PHOENIX CONTACT
181

67int Relay

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

67int Relay

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

40

Courtesy of Power/mation. 1310 Energy Lane, Saint Paul, MN 55108

Principles of relay technology

Principles of solid-state relay technology

PR1 for miniature relays or solid-state relays

with relay/solid-state relay

with relay/solid-state relay

with relay/solid-state relay

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Relay terminal block with switch

CONTACTRON - Power electronics

Electronic motor management

Courtesy of Power/mation. 1310 Energy Lane, Saint Paul, MN 55108

PR1 for miniature relays or solid-state

PR2 for industrial relays

PR3 for octal relays

With miniature relay

With solid-state relay

Actuator series with miniature relay

Sensor series with miniature relay

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Relay terminal blocks with switch

Interference-free relays and solid-state

Relays for switching of lamp loads

Power solid-state relay with 400 V AC/

Electronic motor management

PROFIBUS gateway for IFS

Electronic reversing load relay with

Courtesy of Power/mation. 1310 Energy Lane, Saint Paul, MN 55108

Three-phase solid-state reversing

With relay/solid-state relay

For high inrush/continuous currents

For railway applications

With miniature relay

With solid-state relay

For NAMUR proximity sensors

Solid-state reversing contactor for DC

With TTL input

Pulse expansion module

Three-phase solid-state contactors

Module with remanence miniature

Single-phase solid-state contactors

Courtesy of Power/mation. 1310 Energy Lane, Saint Paul, MN 55108

A bridge rectifier is inserted into the

coil voltage is reduced so that the useful

Bistable remanence relays with duplex

Basic construction of a relay with AC input

In the case of a purely DC input, the

Basic construction of a relay with DC input

Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input

Basic construction of a bistable relay, negative switching type

Basic construction of a bistable relay, positive switching type

Operating voltage range

Ambient temperature inC

I: Maximum permissible voltage at 100%

Courtesy of Power/mation. 1310 Energy Lane, Saint Paul, MN 55108

Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low

Dry measuring and switching

High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur,

Universal; suitable for medium

Silver, hard goldplated Ag+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads

Suitable for control inputs and

Low welding tendency; high erosion resistance for